Mazda | MX-5 2007 | Specifications | Mazda MX-5 2007 Specifications

Mazda MX-5 2007 Specifications
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page1
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (1,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page2
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (2,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page3
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Black plate (3,1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer
vehicles.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2006 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan June 2006(Print1)
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page4
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Black plate (4,1)
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to your
vehicle, or both, could result if the
caution is ignored.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and
sometimes suggests how to make better
use of your vehicle.
The symbol below, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page5
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Black plate (5,1)
Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Index
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page6
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (6,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page7
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
1
Black plate (7,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2
Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4
1-1
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page8
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Black plate (8,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by model.
1-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page9
Monday, June 12 2006 12:55 AM
Black plate (9,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-29
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-78
DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-24
Passenger airbag deactivation switch ................................................................ page 2-30
Dashboard illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-37
Lighting control/Turn signals ............................................................................ page 5-52
Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-33
Air bags ............................................................................................................. page 2-26
Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-55
Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20
Power retractable hardtop switches ................................................................... page 3-54
Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-57
Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2
Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-10
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-5
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-35
MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-9
AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-12
Accessory socket ............................................................................................... page 6-47
Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2
Tilt wheel release lever ...................................................................................... page 3-78
Audio control switch ......................................................................................... page 6-40
Fog light switch ................................................................................................. page 5-54
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-40
Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-31
Fuse box ............................................................................................................ page 8-47
Seat belt ............................................................................................................... page 2-5
Seats ..................................................................................................................... page 2-2
Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-43
Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-79
Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-43
Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-43
Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-45
Mesh Pocket ...................................................................................................... page 6-46
Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-44
Bottle Holder ..................................................................................................... page 6-45
Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-39
1-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page10
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (10,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by model.
1-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page11
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (11,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-31
Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-56
Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-10
Doors and keys .................................................................................................. page 3-28
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-78
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-34
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-39
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-40
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-29
Convertible top (Soft top) .................................................................................. page 3-41
Detachable hardtop ............................................................................................ page 3-46
Convertible top (Power retractable hardtop) ...................................................... page 3-54
Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-35
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-38
1-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page12
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
1-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (12,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page13
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
2
Black plate (13,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Seats .......................................................................................... 2-2
Seat Belt Systems .......................................................................... 2-5
Seat Belt Precautions ................................................................ 2-5
Seat Belt .................................................................................... 2-8
Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ................ 2-10
Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-12
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-13
Child Restraint ............................................................................
Child Restraint Precautions .....................................................
Installing a Child-Restraint System .........................................
LATCH Child-Restraint System .............................................
2-15
2-15
2-20
2-23
SRS Air Bags ...............................................................................
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ...............
Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch ..................................
Supplemental Restraint System Components .........................
How the Air Bags Work ..........................................................
2-26
2-26
2-30
2-34
2-37
2-1
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page14
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (14,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Seats
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag components.
If there was a subsequent collision, an
air bag may not deploy which could
lead to injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the
front seats, front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after a
collision.
2-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
WARNING
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are dangerous.
In a sudden stop or collision, the seat
or seatback could move, causing
injury. Make sure the adjustable
components of the seat are locked in
place by attempting to slide the seat
forward and backward and rocking
the seatback.
qSeat Slide
WARNING
Adjust the driver seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page15
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (15,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with the seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you can
slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back and
upright.
Always sit in a passenger seat properly
with the seatback upright and feet on
the floor:
If your vehicle is equipped with
passenger seat weight sensors, sitting
in the passenger seat improperly out of
position or with the seatback reclined
too far while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the passenger
sensing system. As a result the
passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could cause result in serious injury.
Always sit upright against your
seatback, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when there
are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in
place.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
2-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page16
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined seatback
to its upright position, make sure you
hold onto the seatback with your other
hand while operating the lever. If the
seatback is not supported, it will flip
forward suddenly and could cause
injury.
qSeat Warmer í
The seats are electrically heated. The
ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer
on or off. When the switch is in the ON
position, the indicator light will come on.
ON
OFF
NOTE
The seat temperature is regulated
automatically by a thermostat. Other
than turning it on or off, it cannot be
adjusted.
2-4
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (16,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page17
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (17,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and passenger always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way
when not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the passenger's seat lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes: emergency
locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
Your vehicle is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for securing the LATCH childrestraint system in the passenger seat but there is no child-restraint tether available. As
there is no rear seat on this vehicle, the preferred location for children, following the
manufacturer's instructions on the LATCH child restraint-system and this owner's manual is
important (page 2-23).
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out
of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision,
occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,
which could cause serious injury or death.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly
restrained.
2-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page18
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (18,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing
of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a
collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during
an accident before they are used again.
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been
expended:
If the air bags deploy the corresponding pretensioner(s) may also deploy at the same
time. While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that was used in an accident than
no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter
loaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensioners
will only function once. After they are expended, they will not function again and
must be replaced immediately. If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced, the risk
of injury in a collision will increase. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect
the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision. Expended seat belt
pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them to
deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in a
collision and this is another reason to have the seat belts inspected.
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and seat belt guides are soiled, so try to
keep them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning the
Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-59).
Seat belt guide
2-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page19
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (19,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return to the belt to the more
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it
around you again.
qAutomatic Locking Mode
To enable seat belt automatic locking mode, pull it all the way out and connect it as
instructed on the child-restraint system. It will retract down to the child-restraint system
and stay locked on it. If the LATCH lower anchors are not used alone for LATCH style
junior seats and infant carriers without tethers, always use the automatic locking mode to
keep the child-restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an
accident. See the section on child restraint (page 2-15).
2-7
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page20
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (20,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a click.
Seat Belt
WARNING
Tongue
Always wear the seat belt with it
correctly routed in its guide:
Wearing a seat belt without the seat
belt routed in its guide is dangerous
because the seat belt would not be able
to provide adequate protection in an
accident, which could result in serious
injury.
Buckle
Seat belt guide
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
Belt
Tongue
Keep low on
hip bone
Take up slack
Too high
2-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page21
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (21,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Positioning the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the buckle. If the
belt does not fully retract, pull it out and
check for kinks or twists. Then make sure
it remains untwisted as it retracts.
qSeat Belt Caution Label
A caution label has been placed inside the
sleeve of the lap portion of the driver's
seat belt. When an accident occurs while
the seat belt is in use, the resulting stress
on the seat belt will cause an indicator
with the words “REPLACE BELT”
visible on it to be pulled out of the sleeve
below the caution label. This indicates
that THE SEAT BELT MUST BE
REPLACED.
Also note that if at any time the seat belt
has undergone stress because of an
accident or other reason, damage to the
seat belt's webbing, metal fittings, or
anchor bolt may have occurred, even
though nothing appears to be wrong with
the seat belt. For this reason we
recommend that the seat belt be replaced
after it has undergone stress, whether or
not the indicator has been pulled out.
Caution
label
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it
for kinks and twists. If it is still not
retracting properly, have it inspected at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2-9
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page22
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (22,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Pretensioner and
Load Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
passenger seat belts are equipped with
pretensioner and load limiting systems.
For both these systems to work properly
you must wear the seat belt properly.
Pretensioners:
In moderate or severe frontal or nearfrontal accidents, the air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously when the seat belt is worn.
If the seat occupant is not wearing a seat
belt, that person's pretensioner will not
fire even if the air bag does. The seat belt
retractors remove slack quickly as the air
bags are expanding.
In addition, the pretensioner system for
the passenger, like the passenger air bag,
is designed to only deploy in accordance
with the total seated weight on the
passenger seat (page 2-37) or when the
passenger air bag deactivation switch
turned off (page 2-30). Any time the air
bags and seat belt pretensioners have fired
they must be replaced.
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has
an automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be
checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2-10
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended
in this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
passenger seat belts is dangerous.
Without proper positioning, the
pretensioner and load limiting systems
cannot provide adequate protection in
an accident and this could result in
serious injury. For more details about
wearing seat belts, refer to “Fastening
the seat belts” (page 2-8).
Have your seat belts changed
immediately if the pretensioner or load
limiter has been expended:
If the air bags deploy the
corresponding pretensioner(s) may
also deploy at the same time. While it
is safer to use a crash-used seat belt
that was used in an accident than no
seat belt at all, using a seat belt with
an expended pretensioner or load
limiter loaded reduces the safety
available to you. Like the air bags, the
seat belt pretensioners will only
function once. After they are
expended, they will not function again
and must be replaced immediately. If
the seat belt pretensioners are not
replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the
seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after any collision. Expended seat belt
pretensioners and air bags must be
replaced after any collision which
caused them to deploy. Additionally,
the load limiter will only limit loads on
the chest once in a collision and this is
another reason to have the seat belts
inspected.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page23
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (23,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Do not modify the components or
wiring, or use electronic testing
devices on the pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable which
would prevent it from activating in an
accident. The occupants or repairers
could be seriously injured.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with nondeactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap a
pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
NOTE
l
The pretensioner system will activate
in a moderate or greater frontal or
near-frontal collision. The
pretensioner system for the
passenger is designed to only deploy
in accordance with the total seated
weight on the passenger seat. It will
not activate in most rollovers, side or
rear impacts.
l
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not
indicate a fire. This gas normally has
no effect on occupants, however,
those with sensitive skin may
experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the
air bags or the pretensioner system
gets on the skin or in the eyes, wash
it off as soon as possible.
qAir Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner
System Warning Light
If the air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
is working properly, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
2-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page24
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (24,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If either of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless
it is necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly. In
an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt will
not provide adequate protection and
the user could be seriously injured in
an accident. Only use the extender
provided for you and for the particular
vehicle and seat. NEVER use the
extender in a different vehicle or seat.
2-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page25
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (25,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Do not use an extender that is too
long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured. Do
not use the extender or choose one
shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and the
center of the user's body is less than
15cm (6 in).
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
Conditions of operation
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt
extender and store it in the vehicle. If
the seat belt extender is left connected,
the seat belt extender might get
damaged as it will not retract with the
rest of the seat belt and can easily fall
out of the door when not in use and be
damaged. In addition, the seat belt
warning light will not illuminate and
function properly.
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
qBelt Minder
NOTE
The belt minder can be deactivated.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate and restore the seat belt
minder.
2-13
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page26
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (26,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Driver seated/Passenger not seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Driver seated/Passenger seated
The seat belt warning light/beep reminds
the passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Seat belt
Indicator
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
2-14
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
NOTE
l
To allow the passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not
place and sit on an additional seat
cushion on the passenger seat. The
sensor may not function properly
because the additional seat cushion
could cause sensor interference.
l
Placing packages, luggage, pets or
other items on the passenger seat
may cause the passenger belt minder
warning light and beep to operate
depending on the weight of the item.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page27
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (27,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should use seat belts, both lap and
shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to the center of
the vehicle .
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the passenger seat with the
air bag system activated.
If a small child or infant in the passenger seat ― particularly a child secured in a rearfacing child-restraint system ― it is critically important that you consciously deactivate the
passenger air bag and not simply rely on the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
being turned on at all times. In a collision, the force of an air bag slamming the childrestraint system rearwards could result in death to the child even if the child is properly
belted. Be alert to the operation of the indicator light and BE SURE THE PASSENGER
AIR BAG IS ALWAYS DEACTIVATED AS INDICATED BY PASSENGER AIR BAG
DEACTIVATION INDICATOR LIGHT.
Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
2-15
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page28
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (28,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag, there
are two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag for a child's safety as follows ―
however the surest way to avoid the passenger air bag not deploying is to use the key and
turn off the passenger air bag and not rely on the passenger seat weight sensors, which will
also detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat;
Passenger air bag deactivation switch
This switch should be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the
passenger seat belt pretensioner system if installing a child-restraint system is installed on
the passenger seat.
Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except
when a child-restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.
Passenger seat weight sensors
These sensors deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat
belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the passenger seat is less than
approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
When an infant or small child is seated on the passenger seat, the system shuts off the
passenger air bag, so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
illuminates.
Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-37.
LATCH Child-Restraint System
We have installed lower LATCH anchor points for LATCH style junior seats and infant
carriers that work without tethers only. Any other child-restraint system that has an upper
tether cannot be used in this vehicle because there is no tether anchor. A child-restraint
system with a tether cannot be properly mounted in this vehicle unless the child restraint
manufacturer provides instructions on mounting the child-restraint system with only seat
belts in automatic locking mode. Even then, without a tether, the child-restraint system may
move forward more easily in seat belts, further degrading the safety provided if you were to
put the child restraint in a tether anchor equipped rear seat of another vehicle. The seat and
head restraint is designed for maximum adult space utilization in this vehicle. Do not try to
secure the tether to something else in the vehicle, as too much slack will result and the
serious risk of injury or death to the child. Use the seat belts to properly secure the nontethered child-restraint systems other than the LATCH junior seats and non-tethered infant
carriers. Turn off the passenger air bag deactivation switch. To expose and use the lower
LATCH anchor points, which are affixed to the body and not the seat, slide the seat all the
way rearward which is the optimal vehicle seat position for all children in this two seat car.
2-16
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page29
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (29,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden
stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces
that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed
into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated
when using a rear-facing child-restraint system:
Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on the
passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated
is extremely dangerous. In an accident, a air bag could inflate and cause serious
injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system.
Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated
using the key to turn the passenger air bag off.
Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.
Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-37.
2-17
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page30
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (30,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:
This vehicle is equipped with both a passenger seat weight sensor and a passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-37). Even with the passenger seat weight
sensors, seating a child in a child-restraint system on the passenger seat under the
following conditions increases the danger of the passenger air bag deploying and
could result in serious injury or death to the child. These are among the reasons why
the passenger air bag should be turned off using the key.
l The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the passenger
seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-restraint
system.
l Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
l The seat is washed.
l Liquids are spilled on the seat.
l The passenger seat is moved backward, and it is pushed into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
l Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console.
l Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger
seat, are attached to the passenger seat.
Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side air
bags:
Allowing anyone to lean over or against the door is dangerous. If the vehicle is
equipped with side air bags, the impact of an inflating side air bag could cause serious
injury or death to the person. Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle; when
they do, they are more at risk in the passenger's seat that has a side air bag because
they may slump over into the path of the seatback-mounted air bag. Furthermore,
leaning over or against the doors could block the side air bag and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. Because the side air bag deploys from the
outboard shoulder of the seat, do not allow the child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly
restrained.
2-18
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page31
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (31,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Always use a child-restraint system designed for use without a tether:
Using a child-restraint system that requires a tether is dangerous. Your Mazda does
not have a child-restraint tether. The child-restraint system cannot be properly
secured. In a collision, it could move and injure other occupants as well as result in
serious injuries or death to the child.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot when exposed to direct
sunlight during warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before
you or your child touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially
designed LATCH child-restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the
passenger seat when it is in the fully rearward position. When using these anchors to
secure a child-restraint system, refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-23).
2-19
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page32
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (32,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Installing a ChildRestraint System
The passenger lap/shoulder belt can easily
be converted into the automatic locking
mode, which must be done to hold the
child-restraint system.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems” (page 2-23).
Follow these manufacturer's instructions
when installing a child-restraint system on
the passenger's seat, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped childrestraint system to the LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH ChildRestraint Systems” (page 2-23).
Before installing a child-restraint system,
make sure the passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminated by
using the key to turn the passenger air bag
off.
Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on
page 2-37.
Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation
Switch on page 2-30.
1. Make sure to remove articles from
behind the passenger seat that would
prevent the seat from sliding back fully,
and then slide the seat as far back as
possible.
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If
you are not sure whether you have a
LATCH system, check in the childrestraint system manufacturer's
instructions and follow them
accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not
employ seat belts which are in
automatic locking mode, however if it
uses an upper tether, it may not be
mounted properly in this vehicle as
there is no safe way to anchor the tether.
Confirm whether the child-restraint
system can be used with seat belts by
reading the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
2-20
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the instructions on the childrestraint system for belt routing
instructions.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page33
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (33,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in automatic
locking mode. If the belt does not lock
the seat down tight, repeat this step.
5. Make sure the passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
by using the key to turn the passenger
air bag off after installing a childrestraint system on the passenger seat.
WARNING
Always make sure the passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light is
illuminated when using a rear-facing
child-restraint system:
Seating a child in a rear-facing childrestraint system that is installed on the
passenger seat with the passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light not
illuminated is extremely dangerous. In
an accident, a air bag could inflate
and cause serious injuries or even
death to the child seated in the rearfacing child-restraint system. Always
make sure the passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light is
illuminated using the key to turn the
passenger air bag off.
Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors
on page 2-37.
Refer to Passenger Air Bag
Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.
2-21
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page34
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
NOTE
l
Inspect this function before each use
of the child-restraint system. You
should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove the
child-restraint system, be sure the
belt fully retracts to return the system
to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
l
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of childrestraint system, it may not employ
seat belts which are in automatic
locking mode, however if it uses an
upper tether, it may not be mounted
properly in this vehicle as there is no
safe way to anchor the tether.
Confirm whether the child-restraint
system can be used with seat belts by
reading the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
2-22
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (34,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page35
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (35,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint System
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passenger
seat when it is in the fully rearward position. Only LATCH junior seats and infant carriers
without upper tethers can be used in this position, as there is no good place to anchor the
tether due to this vehicle's design. Both anchors must be used when installing these lower
anchor only child-restraint systems, otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child
in danger.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
any child-restraint system does not rely on an upper tether and then properly secure
those non-tethered seats according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seat
just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an
improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten
it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH childrestraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH childrestraint system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could move
in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat
belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
2-23
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page36
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (36,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure
Before installing a child-restraint system,
make sure the passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminated by
using the key to turn the passenger air bag
off.
Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on
page 2-37.
Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation
Switch on page 2-30.
1. Make sure to remove articles from
behind the passenger seat that would
prevent the seat from sliding back fully,
and then slide the seat as far back as
possible to insert the LATCH lower
anchors between the seat bottom and
the seatback.
2. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower
anchors indicate the locations of the
LATCH lower anchors for the
attachment of a child-restraint system.
2-24
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
3. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction, however if
it uses an upper tether, it may not be
mounted properly in this vehicle as
there is no safe way to anchor the
tether. Confirm whether the childrestraint system can be used with seat
belts by reading the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions.
4. Make sure the passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
by using the key to turn the passenger
air bag off after installing a childrestraint system on the passenger seat.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page37
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (37,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Always make sure the passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light is
illuminated when using a rear-facing
child-restraint system:
Seating a child in a rear-facing childrestraint system that is installed on the
passenger seat with the passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light not
illuminated is extremely dangerous. In
an accident, a air bag could inflate
and cause serious injuries or even
death to the child seated in the rearfacing child-restraint system. Always
make sure the passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light is
illuminated using the key to turn the
passenger air bag off.
Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors
on page 2-37.
Refer to Passenger Air Bag
Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.
2-25
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page38
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (38,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 4 air bags (verify
“SRS AIRBAG” location indicator marks).
They are located in:
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
l
The passenger dashboard (passenger air bag)
l
The outboard sides of the seatbacks (side air bags) í
These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; if
you have side air bags, the side air bags are not likely to deploy on both sides in the same
accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The side air bags and the frontal
air bag system will not normally deploy during the same type of accident unless a
combination of frontal and side impacts occur.
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
in certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l
Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enough
to activate the air bags.
l
Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
l
Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-15).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
Do not use a child-restraint system which employs an upper tether because there is no
appropriate means to anchor the tether.
2-26
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page39
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (39,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone,
air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected to
inflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forces that are at
least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated
when using a rear-facing child-restraint system:
Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on the
passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated
is extremely dangerous. In an accident, a air bag could inflate and cause serious
injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system.
Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated
using the key to turn the passenger air bag off.
Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.
Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-37.
Do not sit too close to the driver and passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet
on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and passenger air bags inflate with great
force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. The driver
should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The seat passenger should
keep both feet on the floor. Seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as
possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
2-27
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page40
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (40,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not sit too close to a front door or lean against doors in vehicles with side air bags:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely
dangerous. A side air bag inflates with great force and speed directly out of the
outboard shoulder of the seat and expands along the door on the side the car is hit.
Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning
against a window in the seats. Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging
out the driver's-side window while driving could block the side air bag and eliminate
the advantages of supplemental protection. Give the side air bags room to work by
sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn
properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and passenger air bags
deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing something
in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere with air bag
inflation and injure the occupants.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching things to the seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in
any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag,
which inflates from the outboard side of the seats, impeding the added protection of
the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous.
Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Never use seat covers on the seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your seats
free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not place luggage or other objects under the seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of a
side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death or
serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental
restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the seats.
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have
inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could get
burned.
2-28
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page41
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (41,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bull
bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The air
bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.
Occupants could be seriously injured.
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make any
modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
NOTE
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be
released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may
cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
l
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems
and that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is
important.
2-29
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page42
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (42,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch
WARNING
Do not deactivate the passenger air bag unnecessarily:
Unnecessary deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous. If turned off
unnecessarily, the passenger will not receive the added protection of the air bag.
Serious injuries or even death could occur. With the exception of passengers fitting
the categories described below, do not turn the air bag deactivation switch to the OFF
position.
Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. The switch is
located in the position shown in the figure below. The switch must be used to deactivate
the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system
when the occupant of the passenger seat fits into one of the following categories (as
described in the request form for the passenger air bag deactivation switch, the appendix B
to part 595 of National Highway Traffic Safety Administration [NHTSA]):
l
Infants (less than one year old; for all types of restraint, but particularly the rear-facing
child restraint.)
l
Children aged 1 to 12
l
People with certain medical conditions which, according to his/her physician, could be
adversely affected by air-bag activation
For more government release information on air bag deactivation, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for the occupant categories as described in the request form for the air bag
deactivation switch in the NHTSA rules.
2-30
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page43
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (43,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
The air bag deactivation switch turns off the passenger front and side air bags and the also
seat belt pretensioner system. Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the
ON position except when a passenger fitting the previous categories occupies the front
passenger seat.
Passenger Air Bag
Deactivation Switch
OFF position
Passenger Air Bag
Passenger Front and Side
Deactivation Indicator Light
Air Bag Operation
Passenger Seat Belt
Pretensioner System
ON
Deactivate
Deactivate
OFF
Ready
Ready
ON position
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light comes on for about 6 seconds.
If the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position, the indicator light
remains on to warn that the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system have been deactivated.
2-31
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page44
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (44,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
In addition to using the key to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and the also
seat belt pretensioner system, the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat belt
pretensioner system is also deactivated and the passenger air bag deactivation indicator
light is illuminated automatically when the total seated weight on the passenger seat is less
than 30 kg (66 lb).
NOTE
Have the passenger air bag deactivation switch inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer if any of these conditions occur:
l
The indicator light does not illuminate for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
l
The indicator light does not remain on when the ignition switch is in the ON position
and the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position.
l
The indicator remains on when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the
passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position.
qTo Deactivate the Passenger Air Bag
Before driving, always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the
appropriate position according to your requirements (page 2-30).
WARNING
Do not leave the key in the passenger air bag deactivation switch:
Unintentional deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous. In an accident, the
passenger will not be properly protected. Serious injuries or even death could occur.
To avoid unintentional deactivation, always use the same key to operate the passenger
air bag deactivation switch and the ignition switch, that way you will not leave the key
in the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
2-32
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page45
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (45,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
1. Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key clockwise
until the key points to OFF.
2. Remove the key.
3. Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light remains illuminated when the ignition
is in the ON position.
The passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system will remain
deactivated until the passenger air bag deactivation switch is turned to the ON position.
qTo Ready the Passenger Air Bag
Before driving, always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the
appropriate position according to your requirements (page 2-30).
1. Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key
counterclockwise until the key points to ON.
2. Remove the key.
3. Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light turns off after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
2-33
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page46
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (46,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System Components
The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:
l
The air bag system with inflators and air bags.
l
The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.
The air bags are mounted in the following locations:
l
The steering wheel hub
l
The passenger dashboard
l
The outboard sides of the seatbacks í
The air bags are out of sight until activated.
2-34
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page47
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (47,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qFront Air Bag System Components
(1)
(9)
(8)
(2)
(5)
(3)
(7)
(4)
(6)
(5)
(1) Front dual stage inflators and air bags
(2) Front crash sensor
(3) Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-37)
(4) Crash sensor and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
(5) Seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-10)
(6) Passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-37)
(7) Driver and passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-37)
(8) Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-37)
(9) Seats
2-35
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page48
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (48,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qSide Air Bag System Components í
(4)
(3)
(2)
(1) Crash sensor and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
(2) Side crash sensors
(3) Side inflators and air bags
(4) Seats
2-36
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
(1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page49
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (49,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
How the Air Bags Work
qHow the Front Air Bags Work
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bags
quickly deflate.
The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not work
again and must be replaced.
Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.
The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags may
differ between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,
front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensor
to the air bag system.
The front air bags will deploy only
in a frontal or frontal offset impact.
Driver seat slide position sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat
position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The sensor is also designed to control the
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible
malfunction (page 2-45).
2-37
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page50
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (50,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Passenger seat weight sensors
Your vehicle is also equipped with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light. The
deactivation indicator light illuminates when the key is used to turn the passenger air bag
off or the automatic function operates based on the passenger seat weight sensors. These
sensors are located under both of the passenger seat rails. These sensors determine the total
seated weight on the passenger seat. The sensors are also designed to prevent the passenger
front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated
weight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the passenger air bag, the system
deactivates the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system
when:
l
There is no passenger in the passenger seat. (The passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light does not illuminate.)
l
The total seated weight on the passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
(The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)
This system shuts off the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the following table.
The air bag/seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction. If this
happens, the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not
deploy.
Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the passenger front and side air bags and
seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
2-38
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page51
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (51,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
If the passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminates when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After about 6 seconds it goes out.
The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
Total seated weight on the
Passenger air bag
Passenger front and side
passenger seat
deactivation indicator light
air bags
OFF
OFF
Empty (Not occupied)*
Less than approx. 30 kg
ON
OFF
(66 lb)
Approx. 42 kg (93 lb) or
OFF
ON
more
Passenger seat belt
pretensioner system
OFF
OFF
ON
If the passenger air bag has been deactivated using the key, the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light will
remain illuminated as long you leave the passenger air bag turned off, and the chart above no longer applies.
Refer to Passenger air bag deactivation switch on page 2-30.
* If the passenger seat belt is buckled, the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, however this
does not indicate a malfunction.
If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart,
do not allow a child to sit in the passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident. You must deactivate
the passenger air bag using the key (page 2-30) and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the passenger seat, decreasing the total seated
weight on the passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg (93
lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The passenger seat weight sensors
will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the passenger front and side
air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. The
passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which could
result in serious injury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat from
the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not
deploying under the following conditions, for example:
l Luggage or other items placed under the passenger seat or between the passenger
seat and center console that push up the passenger seat bottom.
l The passenger seat occupant sits in a manner such that the occupant's entire
weight is not placed on the seat sitting too close to the door.
l Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the passenger seat
are attached to the passenger seat.
The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66 lb) and
they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).
2-39
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page52
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (52,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the passenger seat, increasing the total seated
weight on the passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66
lb) is dangerous. The passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total
seated weight, which could result in the unexpected deployment of the passenger front
and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause
serious injury. Increasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat beyond the
total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66 lb) could result in the passenger front
and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under
the following conditions, for example:
l The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the passenger
seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more.
l Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
l The seat is washed.
l Liquids are spilled on the seat.
l The passenger seat is moved backward, and it is pushed into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
l Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console.
l Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat
are attached to the passenger seat.
The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the passenger seat is less than approximately 30
kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate when the weight exceeds approximately 42 kg (93
lb).
CAUTION
l
To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors
in the seat bottoms:
l
l
l
Do not place sharp objects on the seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them.
Do not spill any liquids on the seats or under the seats.
To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
l
l
Adjust the seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks
with seat belts worn properly.
If you place your child on the passenger seat, secure the child-restraint system
properly and slide the passenger seat as far back as possible.
2-40
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page53
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (53,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the passenger front
and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
l
The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if
luggage or other items are put on the passenger seat, or if the temperature of the
vehicle's interior changes suddenly.
l
The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the
total seated weight on the passenger seat changes.
l
You must deactivate the passenger air bag using the key (page 2-30) and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Driver and passenger buckle switches
The buckle switches on the seat belts detect whether or not the seat belts are securely
fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.
qHow the Side Air Bags Work í
When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the side air bags and after the inflation, the side air bags
quickly deflate. However, the side air bag system for the passenger is designed to only
deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat.
The side air bags will function only once. After that, the side air bags will not work again
and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the systems.
The side air bag will deploy only on the
side the vehicle receives the force of the
impact.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
2-41
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page54
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (54,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation
NOTE
If the passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the passenger seat is
less than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner may not deploy (page 2-37).
Front air bag activation
l
Frontal impact within about a 30
degree range from head-on to the
vehicle.
l
Driving into a big hole or hitting the far
side of a hole.
The front air bags will inflate if the
severity of impact is above the designed
threshold level.
l
l
Hitting a solid wall straight on at
greater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).
Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard
object.
Limitations to front air bag activation
l
Landing hard or the vehicle falling.
Depending on the severity of impact, the
front air bags may not inflate in the
following cases:
l
2-42
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Impacts involving trees or poles cause
severe cosmetic damage but may not
have enough stopping force to activate
the air bag.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page55
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (55,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
may not provide the stopping force
necessary for air bag deployment.
l
Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the side
air bags but not the front air bags.
Side air bag activation í
l
Rear-ending or running under a truck's
tail gate may not provide the stopping
force necessary for air bag deployment.
The severity of impact above the designed
threshold level to one side of the vehicle
(driver or passenger side areas) will cause
a side air bag on that side to inflate, but it
will not normally deploy the front air
bags.
Non-activation of front air bags
Front air bags will not normally inflate in
the following cases:
l
Collision from the rear.
Limitations to side air bag activation í
Depending on the severity of impact, a
side air bag may not inflate in the
following cases:
l
l
Frontal offset impact may not provide
enough side impact to deploy the side
air bags.
Impact to the side, but it may deploy
the side air bags.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
2-43
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page56
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (56,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Side impacts involving trees or poles
can cause severe cosmetic damage but
may not have enough impact force to
activate the side air bags.
l
Vehicle roll-over may not provide
enough side force to deploy the side air
bags.
l
Collision from the front, but it may
deploy the front air bags.
qConstant Monitoring
l
Side impacts with two-wheeled
vehicles may not provide enough force
to deploy the side air bags.
Non-activation of side air bag í
A side air bag will not normally inflate in
the following cases:
l
Collision from the rear.
2-44
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
The following components of the air bag
systems are monitored by a diagnostic
system:
l
SAS unit
l
Crash sensor
l
Air bag modules
l
Side crash sensors í
l
Seat belt pretensioners
l
Related wiring
l
Front passenger air bag deactivation
switch
l
Driver seat slide position sensor
l
Front passenger seat weight sensors
l
Driver and front passenger seat belt
buckle switches
The diagnostic module continuously
monitors the system's readiness. This
begins when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position and continues while
the vehicle is being driven.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page57
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (57,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qAir Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner
System Warning Light
If the air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
is working properly, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If either of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular
maintenance. But if any of the following
occurs, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
l
The air bag system warning light
flashes.
l
The air bag system warning light
remains illuminated.
l
The air bag system warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position.
l
The air bags have deployed.
l
Passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light does not illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position or does not illuminate
as indicated in the chart or when you
manually deactivate the passenger air
bag with the key.
For more details about passenger air
bag deactivation, refer to:
l
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
l
Passenger seat weight sensors (page
2-37)
Passenger air bag deactivation
switch (page 2-30)
2-45
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page58
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (58,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged
air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat
belt pretensioner system components
must be replaced after any collision
which caused them to deploy or
damage them. Only a trained
Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully
evaluate these systems to see that they
will work in any subsequent accident.
Driving with an expended or damaged
air bag or pretensioner unit will not
afford you the necessary protection in
the event of any subsequent accident
which could result in serious injury or
death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as the
seats(if side air bags are equipped),
dashboard, the steering wheel or parts
containing air bag parts or sensors is
dangerous. These parts contain
essential air bag components. The air
bag could accidentally activate and
cause serious injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer remove
these parts.
Dispose of the air bag properly:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a
vehicle with live air bags in it can be
extremely dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury can
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of an air
bag or how to scrap an air bag
equipped vehicle.
2-46
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the
components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system
modified to accommodate a person with
certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician,
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer,
refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”
(page 9-2).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page59
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
3
Black plate (59,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2
Advanced Keys í ...................................................................... 3-2
Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7
Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-14
Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-17
Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-18
Setting Change (Function Customization) .............................. 3-20
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-21
Doors and Locks .........................................................................
Keys (without Advanced Key) ................................................
Keyless Entry System (with Retractable Type Key) í ............
Door Locks .............................................................................
Trunk Lid ................................................................................
Inside Trunk Release Lever .....................................................
Power Windows ......................................................................
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ...........................................................
Hood .......................................................................................
Convertible Top (Soft Top) í ..................................................
Detachable Hardtop (Canada) í ..............................................
Convertible Top (Power Retractable Hardtop) í .....................
3-22
3-22
3-23
3-28
3-31
3-34
3-35
3-38
3-40
3-41
3-46
3-54
Security System ...........................................................................
Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) .............................
Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................
Theft-Deterrent System í ........................................................
3-70
3-70
3-73
3-76
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-78
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-78
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-78
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
3-1
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page60
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (60,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Advanced Keys í
The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables the
following operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).
l
Locking/unlocking the doors, and opening the trunk lid, without operating the key.
l
Starting the engine without operating the key.
The advanced key enables additional functions other than those with the advanced keyless
functions (page 3-14).
l
The following operations are possible using the keyless entry system from a distance
(Lock/Unlock/Trunk/Panic button):
l
l
l
l
l
Locking/unlocking the doors.
Opening the trunk lid.
Opening the power windows.
Turning on the alarm.
Locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk lid, or starting the engine using the
auxiliary key.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where
your children will not find or play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed. These new kinds of keys are fascinating to
children. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make the
vehicle move.
Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as
pacemakers:
Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask the
medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced
key will affect the equipment.
3-2
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page61
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (61,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.
l
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-70) for information regarding keys and engine
starting.
l
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-76) for information regarding keys and the
prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft.
Panic button
Trunk button
Lock button
Auxiliary key
Unlock button
Operation indicator light
Key code number plate
A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it
in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.
Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not in
the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.
3-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page62
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (62,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CAUTION
l
Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function
correctly under the following conditions:
l
l
l
l
l
l
The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones.
The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.
The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers.
Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.
There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.
If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas
stations.
l
The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives highintensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as
televisions or personal computers.
l
To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Drop the advanced key.
Get the advanced key wet.
Disassemble the advanced key.
Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or
hood, under direct sunlight.
Place heavy objects on the advanced key.
Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.
Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.
NOTE
l
Battery life is about one year. Replace the battery when the KEY indicator light
(green) flashes in the instrument cluster.
Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-19.
l
Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6
advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.
3-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page63
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (63,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAdvanced Key Maintenance
CAUTION
l
Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing upward.
Battery leakage could occur if it is
not installed correctly.
l
When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also be
careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could be damaged.
l
There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly replaced.
l
Replace only with the same type
battery (CR2025 or equivalent).
l
Dispose of used batteries according
to the following instructions.
l
l
l
l
Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Never disassemble.
Never throw the battery into fire
or water.
Never deform or crush.
Replacing the battery at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent
damage to the advanced key. If replacing
the battery by yourself, follow the
instruction below.
Replacing the advanced key battery
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.
2. Release the cap using a flathead
screwdriver, then rotate and remove the
cap.
The following conditions indicate that the
battery power is low:
l
The KEY indicator light (green) flashes
in the instrument cluster when the
engine is turned off.
l
The system does not operate and the
operation indicator light does not flash
when the buttons are pressed.
l
The system's operational range is
reduced.
Cap
CAUTION
Do not turn the cap excessively. The
cap may be damaged.
3-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page64
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (64,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qService
3. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the
crack and press the battery out.
If you have a problem with the advanced
keyless functions, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your advanced key is lost or stolen,
bring all remaining advanced keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen advanced key
inoperative.
CAUTION
4. Insert the new battery (CR2025 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing the ( ) mark on the cap.
5. Rotate and close the cap.
Cap
6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.
3-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
)
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page65
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (65,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Operation Using Advanced
Keyless Functions
qOperational Range
Opening the trunk lid
The operational range for opening the
trunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm (2.6 ft)
from the center of the trunk lid.
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the advanced key is being
carried.
Exterior transmitter
NOTE
When the battery power is low, or in
places where there are high-intensity
radio waves or noise, the operational
range may become narrower or the
system may not operate.
Locking, unlocking the doors
The operational range for locking/
unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80
cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the door
handles.
Operational range
Starting the engine
The operational range for starting the
engine includes nearly the entire cabin
area.
Interior transmitter
Exterior transmitter
Operational range
Operational range
NOTE
The system may not operate if you are
too close to the windows, door handles.
3-7
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page66
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (66,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
The trunk is out of the operational
range, however, starting the engine
may be possible.
l
The engine may not start if the
advanced key is placed in the
following areas:
l
l
l
l
l
Around the dashboard
In the storage compartments such
as the glove box
On the rear parcel shelf
Starting the engine may be possible
even if the advanced key is outside
of the vehicle and extremely close to
a door and window, however, always
start the engine from the driver's seat.
If the vehicle is started and the
advanced key is not in the vehicle,
the vehicle will not restart after it is
shut off and the ignition switch is
turned to the lock position.
If the advanced key is detected
within operational range, the
operation indicator light flashes
momentarily.
3-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qLocking, Unlocking the Doors
with Request Switch
Both doors can be locked/unlocked by
pressing the request switch on a door
while the advanced key is being carried.
Request switch
To lock
To lock the doors, press the request
switch. A beep sound will be heard once
and the hazard warning lights will flash
once.
To unlock
Driver's door request switch
To unlock the driver's door, press the
request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
To unlock both doors , press the request
switch again within 3 seconds and two
more beep sounds will be heard.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page67
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (67,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash
twice to indicate that the doors are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l
The hazard warning lights will not
flash.
l
The hazard warning lights only flash
when the theft deterrent system is
armed or turned off, refer to the
theft-deterrent system (page 3-76).
NOTE
l
The setting can be changed so that
the doors are locked automatically
without pressing the request switch
(page 3-20).
(Auto-lock function)
A beep sound is heard when both
doors are closed while the advanced
key is being carried. Both doors are
locked automatically after about 3
seconds when the advanced key is
out of the operational range. Also,
the hazard warning lights flash once.
(Even if the driver is in the
operational range, both doors are
locked automatically after about 30
seconds.)
If you are out of the operational
range before the doors are
completely closed or another
advanced key is left in the vehicle,
the auto-lock function will not work.
Always make sure that both doors
are locked before leaving the vehicle.
l
After unlocking doors by pressing
the request switch, both doors will
automatically lock if any of the
following operations are not
performed within about 30 seconds.
If your vehicle has a theft-deterrent
system, the hazard warning lights
will flash for confirmation.
Passenger door request switch
To unlock the doors, press the request
switch. A beep sound will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
NOTE
l
Confirm that both doors are securely
locked.
l
Both doors cannot be locked when
any door is open.
l
A beep sound is heard for
confirmation when the doors are
locked/unlocked using the request
switch. If your prefer, the beep sound
can be turned off (page 3-20).
l
l
l
A door is opened.
The auxiliary key is inserted into
the ignition switch.
The start knob is pushed.
3-9
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page68
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (68,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qOpening the Trunk Lid with
Request Switch
qStarting the Engine
The trunk lid can be opened by pressing
the request switch on the under side of the
trunk lid above the license plate while the
advanced key is being carried.
Without a traditional key, some of the
ignition switch functions are different.
Ignition switch positions
Request switch
Start knob
LOCK (Released)
NOTE
l
If the advanced key is left in the
trunk, the trunk lid will close.
However, the trunk lid can be
opened by pressing the request
switch.
l
(With power retractable hardtop)
The trunk lid can only be opened
when the power retractable hardtop
is fully opened/closed. Open/close
the power retractable hardtop
completely before opening the trunk
lid.
3-10
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
The steering wheel locks to help protect
against theft.
LOCK (Depressed)
The ignition switch can be turned to the
ACC position when the KEY indicator
light (green) illuminates in the instrument
cluster.
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with
an automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission:
Leaving the driver's seat without
setting the parking brake and the shift
lever is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page69
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (69,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
If turning the ignition switch is
difficult, jiggle the steering wheel
from side to side.
l
(Automatic transmission)
The ignition switch cannot be turned
from the ACC position to the LOCK
position when the shift lever is not in
P.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the start knob;
then it returns to the ON position. The
brake warning light can be checked after
the engine is started (page 5-38).
Starting the engine
NOTE
l
Engine-starting is controlled by the
spark ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field strength of
radio noise.
l
The advanced key must be carried
because the advanced key carries an
immobilizer chip that must
communicate with the engine
controls at short range.
l
When starting the engine, be sure the
start knob is securely attached before
trying to operate it. If the knob
becomes detached from the ignition
switch, re-attach it by pushing it on
to the ignition switch.
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
NOTE
The Advanced Keyless Entry System
does not function in the ACC position,
and the doors will not lock/unlock even
if they have been locked manually or
the advanced key is carried away from
the vehicle.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-38).
NOTE
When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, the sound of the fuel
pump motor operating near the fuel
tank can be heard. This does not
indicate an abnormality.
3-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page70
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (70,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
1. Make sure the advanced key is being
carried.
2. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
7. Verify that the KEY indicator light
(green) illuminates in the instrument
cluster. The KEY warning light (red)
means you cannot continue to start the
engine (page 3-21).
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. (Manual transmission)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transmission)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
In the following cases, the KEY
warning light (red) illuminates and the
engine will not start.
NOTE
l
The advanced key battery is dead.
(Manual transmission)
The starter will not operate if the clutch
pedal is not depressed all the way.
(Automatic transmission)
The starter will not operate if the shift
lever is not in P or N.
l
The advanced key is out of
operational range.
l
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
l
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
6. Push the start knob slowly all the way
in.
3-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page71
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (71,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position while pushing the start knob
in.
Turning off the engine
1. Shift the shift lever to the P position
(Automatic transmission).
2. Turn the ignition switch from the ON
position to the ACC position.
NOTE
9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACC
position to the START position and
hold (up to 10 seconds at a time) until
the engine starts.
CAUTION
Don't try the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or
fails to start, wait 10 seconds before
trying again. Otherwise, you may
damage the starter and drain the battery.
10. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
When the engine is turned off and the
ignition switch it turned from the ACC
position to the LOCK position, the
KEY indicator light (green) flashes in
the instrument cluster for about 30
seconds if the battery power of the
advanced key is low. Replace the
battery with a new one.
Refer to Battery Replacement (page
3-6).
3. Push in the start knob from the ACC
position and turn it to the LOCK
position.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
NOTE
l
In extremely cold weather, below
_18° C (0° F), or after the vehicle
has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without
operating the accelerator.
l
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without use of
the accelerator.
3-13
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page72
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (72,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
l
When turning the ignition switch to
the LOCK position, the ignition
switch has to be pushed in from the
ACC position and turned. Without
being pushed in, the ignition switch
stops at the ACC position and the
vehicle battery may be discharged if
the ignition switch is left in the ACC
position. When leaving the vehicle,
make sure the ignition switch is
turned to the LOCK position.
If the vehicle is left with the ignition
switch not in the LOCK position, a
beep sound is heard and the indicator
light flashes to notify the driver.
Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-18).
3-14
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Operation Using Advanced
Key Functions
qKeyless Entry System
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors and opens the trunk lid, and
opens the power windows.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
NOTE
l
The keyless entry system is designed
to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)
from the center of the vehicle, but
this may vary due to local
conditions.
l
The system does not operate when
the ignition switch is not in the
LOCK position or the start knob is
pushed in.
l
With the start knob installed in the
LOCK position, the system is fully
operational. If the ignition switch is
not in the LOCK position or the start
knob is pushed in, the system does
not operate.
l
Both doors cannot be locked by
pressing the lock button while either
door is open. The hazard warning
lights will also not flash.
l
If the transmitter does not operate
when pressing a button or the
operational range becomes too small,
the battery may be dead. To install a
new battery, refer to Maintenance
(page 3-5).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page73
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (73,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Transmitter
Lock button
Panic button
Unlock button
Trunk button
Lock button
To lock the doors, press the lock button. A
beep sound will be heard once and the
hazard warning lights will flash once.
To confirm that both doors have been
locked, press the lock button again within
5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,
the horn will sound.
NOTE
NOTE
l
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash
once to indicate that both doors are
locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l
The hazard warning lights will not
flash.
l
The hazard warning lights only flash
when the theft deterrent system is
armed or turned off, refer to the
theft-deterrent system (page 3-76).
NOTE
l
Both doors cannot be locked when
either door is open.
l
Confirm that both doors are locked
visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open
the power windows. Refer to Opening
the Power Windows from Outside (page
3-37).
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button. A beep will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
3-15
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page74
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (74,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
To unlock both doors , press the unlock
button again within 3 seconds and two
more beep sounds will be heard.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash
twice to indicate that both doors are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l
The hazard warning lights will not
flash.
l
The hazard warning lights only flash
when the theft deterrent system is
armed or turned off, refer to the
theft-deterrent system (page 3-76).
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether
either door is open or closed.
(Turning on the alarm)
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l
The horn sounds intermittently.
l
The hazard warning lights flash.
NOTE
After unlocking with the transmitter,
both doors will automatically lock if
one of the doors is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
Trunk button
To open the trunk, press the trunk button
for more than 1 second.
NOTE
(With power retractable hardtop)
The trunk lid can only be opened when
the power retractable hardtop is fully
opened/closed. Open/close the power
retractable hardtop completely before
opening the trunk lid.
3-16
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
However, if the driver is too close to the
vehicle the panic button may not
function.
(Turning off the alarm)
The alarm stops by pressing any button on
the transmitter.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page75
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (75,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAuxiliary Key Function
Use the auxiliary key stored in the
advanced key in the event of a dead
transmitter battery or malfunction.
Removing the auxiliary key
Pull out the auxiliary key from the
advanced key.
Advanced Key Suspend
Function
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle or
the trunk, the functions of the advanced
key left in the vehicle or the trunk are
temporarily suspended to prevent theft of
the vehicle.
The following are inoperable:
l
Starting the engine using the start
knob.
l
Operating the request switches.
To restore these functions, perform any
one of the following:
Locking, unlocking the doors
The doors can be locked/unlocked using
the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,
Unlocking with Key (page 3-28).
l
Press the lock or unlock button on the
advanced key which has had its
functions suspended.
l
While carrying another advanced key,
push in the start knob until the KEY
indicator light (green) illuminates.
l
Insert the auxiliary key and turn the
ignition switch to the ON position.
Opening the trunk lid
The trunk lid can be opened using the
auxiliary key, refer to Opening and
Closing the Trunk Lid (page 3-31).
Starting the engine
The engine can be started with the
auxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch
(page 5-2).
3-17
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page76
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (76,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Warning and Beep Sounds
qSystem Malfunction Warning Beep
If any malfunction occurs in the advanced
keyless function, the KEY warning light
(red) in the instrument cluster illuminates
continuously and beep sounds will be
heard.
CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red) remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive the
vehicle with the advanced keyless
function. Park the vehicle in a safe
place and use the auxiliary key to
continue driving the vehicle. Have the
vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).
qStart Knob Not in LOCK
Warning Beep
If the start knob is in the ACC position
and the driver's door is opened, a
continuous beep sound will be heard to
notify the driver that the start knob has not
been returned to the LOCK position. In
this case, the keyless entry system does
not operate.
3-18
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qAdvanced Key Removed from
Vehicle Warning Beep
Under the following conditions, a beep
sound will be heard and the KEY warning
light (red) will flash continuously when
the start knob has not been returned to the
LOCK position to notify the driver that
the advanced key has been removed. The
KEY warning light (red) will stop flashing
when the advanced key is back inside the
vehicle:
l
The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position, the driver's door is
open, and the advanced key is removed
from the vehicle. (A beep sound will be
heard 3 times.)
However the beep sound will be heard
continuously when the start knob is in
the ACC position and the door is open
due to the activation of the warning
beep sound indicating that the start
knob is not in the LOCK position.
l
The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position and all the doors
are closed after removing the advanced
key from the vehicle. (A beep sound
will be heard 6 times.)
NOTE
Because the advanced key utilizes lowintensity radio waves, the Advanced
Key Removed From Vehicle Warning
may activate if the advanced key is
carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page77
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (77,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qRequest Switch Inoperable
Warning Beep
Under the following conditions, if the
request switch for a front door is pressed
while the advanced key is being carried, a
beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that
the front doors cannot be locked.
l
A door is open (door ajar included).
l
The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position.
l
The auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
qAdvanced Key Battery Dead
Warning
When the start knob is returned to the
ACC or LOCK position from the ON
position, the KEY indicator light (green)
flashes for approximately 30 seconds
indicating that the remaining battery
power is low. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance
(page 3-5).
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the
KEY indicator light (green) does not
flash even if the battery power is low.
Refer to Setting Change (page 3-20).
qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning
Under the following conditions, the KEY
warning light (red) flashes to inform the
driver that the start knob will not rotate to
the ACC position even if it is pushed in
from the LOCK position.
l
l
The advanced key is not within
operational range.
l
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
l
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
qAdvanced Key Left-in-trunk
Warning Beep
If the advanced key is left in the trunk
compartment with both doors locked and
the trunk lid closed, a beep sound is heard
for about 10 seconds to remind the driver
the advanced key has been left in the
trunk compartment. If this happens, open
the trunk lid by pressing the request
switch and remove the advanced key. An
advanced key removed from the trunk
may not function because its functions
may have been temporarily suspended. To
restore the advanced key function,
perform the applicable procedure (page
3-17).
qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicle
Warning Beep
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle
cabin and both doors are locked using a
separate advanced key, a beep sound is
heard for about 10 seconds to remind the
driver that the advanced key has been left
in the vehicle cabin. If this happens, the
doors lock but the functions of the
advanced key left in the vehicle cabin
may be temporarily suspended. Perform
the following procedure to restore the
functions of the advanced key (page
3-17).
The advanced key battery is dead.
3-19
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page78
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (78,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Setting Change (Function Customization)
The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Setting
Advanced key battery dead
indicator
Lock/unlock operation
confirmation beep sound*1
Autolock function
Function
KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicate
that the advanced key battery power is low.
A beep sound is heard to confirm that both doors
or the trunk lid have been locked/unlocked.
When both doors are closed and the advanced key
is being carried and out of operational range, both
doors automatically lock after 3 seconds.
(Even if the driver is in the operational range,
both doors are locked automatically after about 30
seconds.)
At Initial
Setting
After Setting
Change
Activated
Deactivated
Activated
Deactivated
Deactivated
Activated
*1 : When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.
3-20
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page79
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (79,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated
Under the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light in
the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the
advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-18).
Warning
When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be
heard.
When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and the
KEY warning light (red) in the instrument cluster
flashes.
When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times,
and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrument
cluster flashes.
When locking the doors or closing the trunk, the chime
sounds for about 10 seconds.
What to check
Check whether the start knob has been returned to the
LOCK position.
Check whether the advanced key has been removed
from the vehicle.
Check whether the advanced key has been removed
from the vehicle.
Check whether the advanced key has not been left in the
vehicle or the trunk.
Check whether the advanced key has been left in the
When attempting to lock the doors, a beep sound is
vehicle.
heard.
Check whether a door is open.
The advanced key battery power is low. Replace the
When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the
battery with a new one.
instrument cluster.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.
The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle in
When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated a safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continue
driving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an
in the instrument cluster.
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
3-21
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page80
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (80,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Keys (without Advanced Key)
Without keyless entry system
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. These new kinds of keys are
fascinating to children. They could
play with power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move.
NOTE
l
l
Key code number plate
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
Refer to Immobilizer System (page
3-73) for information regarding keys
and engine starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System
(page 3-76) for information
regarding keys and the prevention of
vehicle and vehicle contents theft.
The keys operate all locks.
With keyless entry system
Retractable
type key
Key code number plate
3-22
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Write down the code number and keep
it in a separate safe and convenient
place, but not in the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
your code number ready.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page81
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (81,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Key extend/retract method (Retractable
type key)
To extend the key, press the release
button.
Keyless Entry System (with
Retractable Type Key) í
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors, and opens the power windows.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter, do
not:
To retract the key, rotate it into the holder
while pressing the release button.
l
Drop it.
l
Get it wet.
l
Disassemble it.
l
Expose it to high temperatures on
places such as the dashboard or
hood, under direct sunlight.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
3-23
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page82
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (82,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
The keyless entry system is designed
to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)
from the center of the vehicle, but
this may vary due to local
conditions.
l
The system doesn't operate when the
key is in the ignition switch.
l
Doors cannot be locked by pressing
the lock button while any other door
is open. Also, the hazard warning
lights will not flash.
l
l
qTransmitter
If the transmitter does not operate
when pressing a button or the
operation range becomes too small,
the battery may be dead. To install a
new battery, refer to Maintenance
(page 3-26).
Additional transmitters can be
obtained at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. Up to 3 transmitters can be
used with the keyless entry system
per vehicle. Bring all transmitters to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
additional transmitters are required.
Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button
Operation
indicator light
Trunk button
NOTE
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
l
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open
the power windows. Refer to Opening
the Power Windows from Outside (page
3-37).
3-24
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page83
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (83,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors, press the lock button
and the hazard warning lights will flash
once.
To confirm that both doors have been
locked, press the lock button again within
5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,
the horn will sound.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash
once to indicate that both doors are
locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l
The hazard warning lights will not
flash.
l
The hazard warning lights only flash
when the theft deterrent system is
armed or turned off, refer to the
theft-deterrent system (page 3-76).
NOTE
l
l
Both doors cannot be locked when
any door is open and the key is in the
ignition switch.
To unlock both doors, press the unlock
button again within 3 seconds.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash
twice to indicate that both doors are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l
The hazard warning lights will not
flash.
l
The hazard warning lights only flash
when the theft deterrent system is
armed or turned off, refer to the
theft-deterrent system (page 3-76).
NOTE
After unlocking with the transmitter,
both doors will automatically lock if
one of the doors is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
Trunk button
To open the trunk, press the trunk button
for more than 1 second.
NOTE
l
(With power retractable hardtop)
The trunk lid can only be opened
when the power retractable hardtop
is fully opened/closed. Open/close
the power retractable hardtop
completely before opening the trunk
lid.
l
The trunk button is disabled when
the trunk lid release lock-out button
inside the trunk is in the OFF
position. Refer to Remote Trunk Lid
Release Lock-Out on page 3-32.
Confirm that both doors are locked
visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
3-25
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page84
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (84,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
CAUTION
l
Install the battery with the positive
pole ( ) facing down. Battery
leakage could occur if it is not
installed correctly.
l
When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also be
careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could be damaged.
l
There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly replaced.
l
Replace only with the same type
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).
l
Dispose of used batteries according
to the following instructions.
The panic button will work whether any
door or the trunk lid is open or closed.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l
The horn sounds intermittently.
l
The hazard warning lights flash.
l
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.
l
qTransmitter Maintenance
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
3-26
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
l
l
Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Never disassemble.
Never throw the battery into fire
and/or water.
Never deform or crush.
Replacing the transmitter battery
1. Unfold the key (page 3-22).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page85
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (85,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
push the tab to remove the key from
the transmitter.
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing down.
)
Tab
3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter.
6. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
7. Install the key to the transmitter.
qService
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
4. Remove the battery.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.
3-27
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page86
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (86,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with
you or leave a responsible person with
them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended in
a parked vehicle is dangerous. In hot
weather, temperatures inside a vehicle
can become high enough to cause
brain damage or even death.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
Either door can be locked/unlocked with
the key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
Unlock
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move.
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (with Advanced Key)
Keep both doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall out
if a door is accidentally opened and
can more easily be thrown out in an
accident.
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)
Always close all the windows, lock the
doors and take the key with you when
leaving your vehicle unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, which
could result in death. Also, a vehicle
left unlocked becomes an easy target
for thieves and intruders.
3-28
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Lock
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-14).
qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-23).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page87
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (87,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with DoorLock Knob
To lock any door from the inside, push the
door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it out.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
NOTE
l
(With advanced key)
The driver's door cannot be locked
using the door-lock knob from the
outside.
l
(With retractable type key)
The driver's door cannot be locked
using the door-lock knob from the
outside if the key is in the ignition
switch.
l
When locking the doors this way, be
careful not to leave the key inside the
vehicle.
Lock
Unlock
qPower Door Locks í
Vehicle lock-out prevention
To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, push the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
Door-lock knob
(With advanced key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. Both doors will automatically
unlock if they are locked using the power
door locks with any door open.
(With retractable type key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition
switch, both doors will automatically
unlock if they are locked using the power
door locks with any door open.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
3-29
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page88
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (88,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Locking, unlocking with key
Both doors lock automatically when the
driver's door is locked with the key. Both
doors unlock when the driver's door is
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock
position for one second or longer.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
Both doors lock automatically when
LOCK is pushed. They all unlock when
the unmarked part of the door-lock switch
is pushed.
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Lock
NOTE
Holding the key in the unlocked
position in the driver's door lock for
about a second unlocks both doors. To
unlock only the driver's door, insert the
key into the driver's door lock and turn
the key briefly to the unlock position
and then immediately return it to the
center position.
Locking, unlocking with request switch
(with advanced key)
Both doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with advanced key)
Both doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-14).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with retractable type key)
Both doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-23).
3-30
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page89
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (89,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Trunk Lid
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
trunk:
Allowing a person to ride in the trunk
is dangerous. In addition, the person
in the trunk could be seriously injured
or killed during sudden braking or a
collision.
Keep the trunk closed when driving:
Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a
vehicle through an open trunk is
dangerous. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is colorless,
odorless, and highly poisonous. If
inhaled, it can cause loss of
consciousness and death.
qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid
WARNING
Close the trunk lid and do not allow
children to play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by locking
doors and the trunk, and keeping the
keys where children can not play with
them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car or the trunk
unlocked.
3-31
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page90
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (90,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Opening the trunk lid with the key
Insert the key into the slot and turn it
clockwise.
Opening the trunk lid with the remote
release button
Push the release button.
Open
Opening the trunk lid with the request
switch (with advanced key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the request switch on the trunk lid while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter (with advanced key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-14).
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter (with retractable type key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-23).
NOTE
(With power retractable hardtop)
The trunk lid can only be opened when
the power retractable hardtop is fully
opened/closed. Open/close the power
retractable hardtop completely before
opening the trunk lid.
Closing the trunk lid
Use both hands to push the trunk lid down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it is
secure.
qRemote Trunk Lid Release Lock-Out
The remote release may be canceled using
the trunk lid release lock-out button to
prevent anyone in the vehicle from
opening the trunk.
NOTE
You cannot prevent another person
from getting access to your trunk if you
give the person your key.
3-32
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page91
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (91,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
The switch is mounted inside the trunk.
OFF position
To open the trunk lid when the switch is
in the OFF position, open the trunk with
the key.
ON position
With advanced key
With the switch in the ON position, the
remote trunk lid release button can be
operated.
With the switch in the OFF position, the
remote release button cannot be operated.
To open the trunk lid when the switch is
in the OFF position, do one of the
following:
l
Press the request switch on the trunk
lid.
l
Press the trunk button on the
transmitter.
l
Open the trunk with the auxiliary key.
Without advanced key
With the switch in the ON position, the
remote trunk lid release button and the
trunk button on the transmitter can be
operated.
With the switch in the OFF position, the
remote release button or the trunk button
on the transmitter cannot be operated.
3-33
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page92
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (92,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Inside Trunk Release Lever
Your vehicle is equipped with an inside
trunk release lever that provides a means
of escape for children and adults in the
event they become locked inside the
trunk.
No matter how careful adults might be
with keys and locking their cars, parents
should be aware that children may be
tempted to play around vehicles and use
the trunk as a hiding place.
Adults are advised to familiarize
themselves with the operation and
location of the inside trunk release lever
so that all children can be told about it in
an appropriate way, keeping in mind that
most vehicles don't have such levers.
3-34
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
WARNING
Close the trunk lid and do not allow
children to play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by locking
doors and the trunk, and keeping the
keys where children can not play with
them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car or the trunk
unlocked.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page93
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (93,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOpening the Trunk Lid from the
Inside
Slide the inside trunk release lever in the
direction of the arrow. The lever is made
of material that will glow for hours in the
darkness of the trunk following a brief
exposure to ambient light.
The inside trunk release lever is located
on the inside of the trunk end trim.
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the power windows to
operate.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or
even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury or
even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move.
3-35
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page94
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (94,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOperating the Power Windows
(Type A)
qOperating the Driver's Side
Power Window (Type B)
Manual opening/closing
Manual opening/closing
To open the window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
To open the window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
Close
Passenger's
window
Open
Close
Open
Driver's window
Driver's window
Auto-opening
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down.
Auto-opening
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down.
To stop the window partway, lightly pull
up the switch and then release it.
To stop the window partway, lightly pull
up the switch and then release it.
3-36
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page95
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (95,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOperating the Passenger Power
Window (Type B)
To open the window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
Close
Open
Auto-Opening
Because nobody likes getting into a very
hot car, we have introduced a way to get a
head start on cooling it, even before you
put your seat belts on and insert your key
in the ignition. If you see the vehicle is in
a secure area, you can open the both
windows as you approach the vehicle to
get the air moving before you even step
into the hot vehicle.
WARNING
Passenger's window
qOpening the Power Windows
from Outside í
Both power windows can be opened from
outside the vehicle after the doors are
closed.
NOTE
The power windows cannot be opened
from outside the vehicle under the
following condition:
l
A door or the trunk lid is opened.
l
The key is inserted into the ignition
switch.
l
(With advanced key)
The start knob is pushed into the
ignition switch.
Use the auto-window function only
when you can see the vehicle and it is
in a secure area:
Do not let children play with your
keys. If they open the window without
your knowing, the open windows are
an even bigger invitation to a thief
than leaving the doors unlocked.
The windows can be opened for
ventilating the cabin before getting in the
vehicle.
Press and hold the unlock button on the
transmitter. After the doors are unlocked,
the windows fully open automatically.
Advanced key
Lock button
Panic button
Unlock button
Trunk button
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
3-37
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page96
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (96,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Retractable type key
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button
Trunk button
To stop this operation, press the unlock
button.
NOTE
The window opening operation also can
be stopped by pressing the lock button,
panic button or trunk button. However,
pressing these buttons will operate their
functions.
WARNING
When removing the fuel cap, loosen
the cap slightly and wait for any
hissing to stop. Then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness if
ingested. Fuel spray is released when
there is pressure in the fuel tank and
the fuel cap is removed too quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and flames away
from the filler neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel
filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap
may result in fuel leak, which could
result in serious burns or death in an
accident.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel
cap or an approved equivalent,
available at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. The wrong cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel and
emission control systems. It may also
cause the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
3-38
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page97
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (97,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qFuel-Filler Lid
qFuel-Filler Cap
The remote fuel-filler lid release is
mounted in the seat side box.
To open the seat side box, unlock it and
pull the release catch.
To remove the filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the filler cap, turn it clockwise
until it clicks.
Close
Open
To open the fuel-filler lid, pull on the
remote fuel-filler lid release.
CAUTION
Make sure the fuel-filler cap is
tightened securely. The check engine
light may illuminate when the cap isn't
tightened securely. If the light remains
on (even after you have tightened the
cap securely, driven, and restarted the
engine several times), it may indicate a
different problem. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
3-39
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page98
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (98,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Hood
WARNING
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the stay hole
indicated by the arrow to hold the hood
open.
Always check that the hood is closed
and securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and securely
locked is dangerous as it could fly
open while the vehicle is moving and
block the driver's vision which could
result in a serious accident.
Clip
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Support rod
qClosing the Hood
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
Release handle
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while
holding up the hood. Verify that the
support rod is secured in the clip before
closing the hood.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
2. Slide the hood latch to the right and lift
the hood.
3-40
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page99
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (99,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Convertible Top (Soft Top) í
Windshield header
Top latch assembly
Top storage area
Label (The label indicates the position where convertible
top is to be held when lowering or raising it.)
qConvertible Top Precautions
WARNING
Sit in the seat with the seat belt
correctly fastened when the vehicle is
moving:
Standing in the vehicle, or sitting on
the convertible top storage area or
center console when the vehicle is
moving is a dangerous way to ride.
During a sudden maneuver or
collision you could be seriously
injured or even killed.
Convertible
top's handles
WARNING
Always keep your hands and fingers
away from the fastening mechanisms
when moving the convertible top:
It is dangerous to place your hands or
fingers near the fastening
mechanisms. Your hands or fingers
could be caught and injured by the
mechanism.
CAUTION
Remove leaves that accumulate on and
around the convertible top. If the leaves
are not removed, they may block the
water drainage outlets.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
3-41
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page100
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (100,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
l
l
l
Before lowering or raising the
convertible top, stop in a safe place off
the right-of-way and park on a level
surface.
qLowering the Convertible Top
Make sure nothing is on the convertible
top or near the back window when
raising or lowering the convertible top.
Even small objects may interfere and
cause damage.
3. Turn off the engine.
When lowering the convertible top,
make sure objects inside the vehicle
aren't blown away by the wind.
l
Secure all loose objects inside before
driving with the convertible top down.
l
To help prevent burglary or vandalism
and to ensure that the passenger
compartment stays dry, close the
convertible top securely and lock both
doors when leaving the vehicle.
l
Do not drive through an automatic car
wash; it may damage the convertible
top.
l
Do not raise or lower the convertible
top when the temperature is below 5 °C
(41 °F) ; this will damage the
convertible top material.
l
Do not lower the convertible top when
it's wet. If the convertible top dries
while folded, it will deteriorate and
shrink.
l
Lowering the convertible top while it's
wet can also cause water to drip into
the passenger compartment.
l
Do not raise or lower the convertible
top in a strong wind as it could damage
the convertible top or cause an
unexpected accident.
3-42
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Fully open the left and right windows.
4. Make sure there are no objects which
have been placed in the area where the
convertible top is to be retracted.
WARNING
Do not place heavy or sharp objects in
the convertible top storage area:
Putting heavy or sharp objects in the
convertible top storage area is
dangerous.
During a sudden stop or collision, they
can become projectiles that might hit
and injure passengers.
5. Pull the top latch outward by pressing
the unlock button to detach the lock.
Make sure the lock is detached.
Unlock button
Top latch
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page101
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (101,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
6. Standing outside of the vehicle, hold
the convertible top along the center
edge and pull it toward the vehicle rear.
7. Continue to move the convertible top
rearward while pressing the rear glass
lightly with your hand.
Center edge
NOTE
To lower the convertible top from inside
the vehicle, use the convertible top's
handles.
8. After the convertible top has been
folded down, press the back end of the
folded down convertible top until a
click sound is heard, then the front end.
Lightly rock the retracted convertible
top to make sure it is securely locked.
Convertible top's
handles
9. Raise the windblocker if it is needed.
NOTE
The windblocker reduces the amount of
wind coming into the cabin from behind
when driving with the convertible top
opened.
Refer to Windblocker on page 6-48.
3-43
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page102
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (102,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qRaising the Convertible Top
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Fully open the left and right windows.
3. Turn off the engine.
NOTE
To raise the convertible top from inside
the vehicle, use the convertible top's
handles.
4. Pull the unlock lever outward to
disengage the lock.
Unlock lever
Convertible top's
handles
5. Standing outside of the vehicle, hold
the convertible top along the center
edge and pull it towards the vehicle
front.
Center edge
6. Sitting in a seat, grasp the convertible
top's handles, and press the convertible
top against the windshield.
Move the top latch slowly to make sure
the anchor engages with the striker,
then rotate the top latch to the lock
position until a click sound is heard.
Convertible top's
handles
Striker
Anchor
3-44
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page103
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (103,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CAUTION
7. Connect the rear window defroster
coupler if it has been disconnected.
Driving with the convertible top not
fully locked could damage the
convertible top.
If the red indicator is visible on the
unlock button, the convertible top is not
locked. After locking the convertible
top, verify that the red indicator is not
visible.
Locked position
NOTE
Unlocked position
Red indicator
If the coupler was not plugged in the
rear window defroster would not work.
qTaking Care of the Top
NOTE
Refer to Convertible Top Maintenance
(page 8-57) for information on taking care
of the convertible top.
Make sure the convertible top is
securely locked by pushing up on it. If
it still sounds loose (rattles) after being
locked by the top latch, have it
inspected at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
3-45
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page104
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (104,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Detachable Hardtop (Canada) í
Top latch assembly
Side latch assembly
Rear deck latch
Rear window defroster coupler
3-46
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Rear deck stud
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page105
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (105,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qDetachable Hardtop Precautions
WARNING
Sit in the seat with the seat belt
correctly fastened when the vehicle is
moving:
Standing in the vehicle, or sitting on
the deck or center console when the
vehicle is moving is a dangerous way
to ride. During a sudden maneuver or
collision you could be seriously
injured or even killed.
Always drive safely and observe the
speed limit:
Rollover accidents on a hardtop
vehicle are dangerous. The hardtop is
not as strong as a regular steel roof.
Rollover accidents could dislodge or
crush the hardtop and cause serious
injuries or even death, just as with no
top or the convertible top.
Always keep your hands and fingers
away from the fastening mechanisms
when moving the hardtop:
It is dangerous to place your hands or
fingers near the fastening
mechanisms. Your hands or fingers
could be caught and injured by the
mechanism.
l
l
When removing or installing the
hardtop, make sure the operation is
performed by 2 adults.
Before removing or installing the
hardtop, be sure you are parked out of
traffic in a flat area near the location
your hardtop is to be stored.
l
When removing the hardtop, make sure
objects inside the vehicle are not blown
away by wind.
l
Secure all loose objects inside before
driving with the hardtop removed.
l
Do not drive through an automatic car
wash as it could damage the hardtop.
l
Do not remove or install the hardtop in
a strong wind as it could damage the
hardtop or cause an unexpected
accident.
l
Before removing the hardtop, remove
the antenna.
l
Removing the hardtop while it's wet
can cause water to drip into the
passenger compartment.
qRemoving the Detachable Hardtop
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
firmly set the parking brake.
2. Lower the side windows, then turn off
the ignition.
3. Remove the antenna if it is installed.
Refer to Antenna on page 6-10.
4. Push the unlock button and fully
release the top latch.
Unlock button
Top latch
3-47
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page106
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (106,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
5. Remove the seat belts from the belt
guides.
10. Lift the side latches while pulling the
lever. Make sure the hooks are fully
released.
Belt guide
Side
latch
Lever
6. Slide the seats forward.
Refer to Seat Slide on page 2-2.
7. Fold the seatbacks forward.
Refer to Seat Recline on page 2-3.
8. Pull the levers and fully release the side
latches.
Lever Side latch
9. After the side latches are fully released,
release the lever.
3-48
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Hook
11. Disconnect the rear window defroster
cord connector from the plug on the
inside of the hardtop.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page107
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (107,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
12. Slide the hardtop rearward while
pressing down on the rear deck
latches to unlock the latches.
CAUTION
l
Be careful not to strike the body with
any of the protruding hardtop
latches.
l
Use extreme care when carrying the
hardtop to prevent scratching or
other damage to it.
Hardtop
NOTE
Rear deck latch
13. Lift the hardtop straight off the body
to prevent damage to the rear deck
latches and studs.
Hardtop
Points to remember when storing the
detachable hardtop.
l
Do not place the hardtop on a hard
surface, such as concrete or asphalt.
Place it on a cushioning material,
such as an old blanket.
l
Be sure the top and side latches are
locked.
l
Do not lean the hardtop against a
wall or stand it in an unstable way.
l
Store the hardtop in a dry clean area,
and cover it with a soft material,
such as an old blanket.
Rear deck stud
14. Return the belt guides and the
seatbacks to their original positions.
WARNING
Be careful of the windshield's edges
when getting into or out of the vehicle:
Not being careful of the windshield's
edges when getting into or out of the
vehicle is dangerous. The windshield's
edges could scratch and cause
injuries.
3-49
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page108
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (108,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
15. Disconnect the hardtop rear window
defroster coupler (A) from the coupler
(B), and remove the convertible top
rear window defroster coupler (C)
from its holder (D).
(A)
(B)
NOTE
l
Be sure to place the convertible top
latches in the locked position.
l
Make sure the convertible top is
completely lowered before installing
the hardtop. Also confirm that the
rear window defroster coupler is
disconnected.
(D)
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
firmly set the parking brake.
(C)
2. Lower the side windows, then turn off
the ignition.
16. Connect the convertible top's rear
window defroster coupler (C) to the
coupler (B).
(C)
3. Remove the antenna if it is installed.
Refer to Antenna on page 6-10.
4. Remove the seat belts from the belt
guides.
Belt guide
(B)
qInstalling the Detachable Hardtop
CAUTION
Do not attempt to install the hardtop
with the convertible top also up.
Lower the convertible top before
installing the hardtop, otherwise
damage will occur to the convertible
top.
3-50
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5. Slide the seats forward.
Refer to Seat Slide on page 2-2.
6. Fold the seatbacks forward.
Refer to Seat Recline on page 2-3.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page109
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (109,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
7. Connect the rear window defroster
coupler.
8. Make sure the top latch and the side
latches on the hardtop are unlocked.
Top latch
assembly
Side latch
assembly
NOTE
Connect the convertible top's rear
window defroster coupler into the
holder so that it does not rattle.
9. Align the rear deck latches with the
rear deck studs and set the hardtop
squarely onto the body.
Hardtop
Rear deck stud
3-51
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page110
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (110,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
10. Slide the hardtop forward while
pressing down on the rear deck
latches to lock the latches, and then
verify that they are secure by
attempting to lift the rear of the
hardtop.
11. Make sure the striker for the top latch
is securely engaged with the anchor
before pushing the top latch lever.
Rotate the lever of the top latch with
the palm of your hand until the top
latch is locked.
Hardtop
Striker
Rear deck latch
Anchor
CAUTION
l
Be careful not to strike the body with
any of the protruding hardtop
latches.
l
The rear defogger grid and the
defogger cord could be damaged
when removing or installing the
hardtop. Make sure the rear defogger
grid isn't folded and the defogger
cord isn't caught between the
vehicle's body and the hardtop.
3-52
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
12. Pull the levers and fully release the
side latches.
Lever Side latch
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page111
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (111,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
13. Make sure the hooks are engaged.
Lift the side latches with the palm of
your hand until the latches are locked.
Side
latch
NOTE
If the hardtop rattles even when all
latches are secure, drive slowly and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for
inspection.
qDetachable Hardtop Appearance
Care
Hook
Refer to Hardtop Maintenance (page
8-57) for information on detachable
hardtop appearance care.
CAUTION
After installation, verify that all latches
are secure. Operating the vehicle with
unlocked latches may cause hardtop
damage or loss.
14. Set the belt guides and the seats back
to their original positions.
15. Connect the rear window defroster
cord connector to the plug on the
inside of the hardtop.
3-53
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page112
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (112,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Convertible Top (Power Retractable Hardtop) í
The power retractable hardtop opens/closes electrically by operating switches in the
vehicle. When opening/closing the hardtop, the hardtop, deck and window glass operate
together. The hardtop is stored in the storage area under the deck.
Close switch
Open switch
Indicator light
Top latch assembly
Deck
3-54
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page113
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (113,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qPower Retractable Hardtop Precautions
WARNING
Always confirm that there are no people around the vehicle before operating the
hardtop:
If the hardtop were to operate unexpectedly, it could result in an accident and serious
injury from someone getting caught in the mechanism.
Always drive safely and observe the speed limit:
Rollover accidents on a hardtop vehicle are dangerous. The hardtop is not as strong
as a regular steel roof. Rollover accidents could dislodge or crush the hardtop and
cause serious injuries or even death, just as with no top.
Sit in the seat with the seat belt correctly fastened when the vehicle is moving:
Standing in the vehicle, or sitting on the deck or center console when the vehicle is
moving is a dangerous way to ride. During a sudden maneuver or collision you could
be seriously injured or even killed.
Always keep your hands and fingers away from the fastening mechanisms when
moving the hardtop:
It is dangerous to place your hands or fingers near the fastening mechanisms. Your
hands or fingers could be caught and injured by the mechanism.
CAUTION
l
l
Do not drive with the hardtop partially opened; this could damage the hardtop or
cause an unexpected accident.
l
Children should not be allowed to play with the open/close switch.
l
Do not place objects on the deck or near the back window.
Even small objects may interfere and cause damage.
l
Remove leaves that accumulate on and around the hardtop. If the leaves are not
removed, they may block the water drainage outlets.
l
Before opening the hardtop, make sure the rear window defogger switch (Defroster) is
turned off. Otherwise the heat generated from the defogger could damage the hardtop
and the internal material.
Before opening or closing the hardtop, stop in a safe place off the right-of-way and park
on a level surface.
3-55
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page114
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (114,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
l
When opening the hardtop, make sure objects inside the vehicle are not blown away by
the wind.
l
Secure all loose objects inside before driving with the hardtop down.
l
To help prevent burglary or vandalism and to ensure that the passenger compartment
stays dry, close the hardtop securely and lock both doors when leaving the vehicle.
l
Do not drive through an automatic car wash as it may damage the hardtop.
l
Do not open or close the hardtop when the temperature is below 5 °C (41 °F) as it this
will damage the hardtop material.
l
Opening the hardtop while it is wet can also cause water to drip into the passenger
compartment.
l
Do not open or close the hardtop in a strong wind as it could damage the hardtop.
qOperation Indicator Light
qOperation Conditions
If the following conditions have been
satisfied, the hardtop can be opened/
closed.
When illuminated
This notifies the driver that the hardtop is
only partially open.
When flashing
This indicates that the hardtop is being
open/closed.
When not illuminated
This indicates that the hardtop is open/
closed fully.
NOTE
If the operation indicator light flashes
quickly, there may be a system
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
3-56
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
l
The vehicle is parked on a level surface
off the right-of-way and the parking
brake is firmly set.
l
The ignition switch is in the ON
position.
l
Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P) or Neutral (N),
a manual transmission in neutral (N).
l
The trunk lid is closed.
NOTE
If the power retractable hardtop cannot
be closed even after the operation
conditions are all met, have it checked
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The hardtop can be closed manually as
an emergency measure.
Refer to The Power Retractable
Hardtop Does not Close on page 3-61.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page115
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (115,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOpening the Power Retractable
Hardtop
5. Press and hold the open switch.
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in neutral (N).
3. Start the Engine.
NOTE
Do not open/close the hardtop with the
engine stopped. Otherwise the vehicle's
battery power could be depleted.
4. Pull the top latch outward by pressing
the unlock button to detach the lock.
Make sure the latch is unlatched.
NOTE
l
When the open switch is pressed, a
beep sound is heard.
l
The hardtop keeps opening and the
operation indicator light flashes
while the open switch is pressed.
l
If the switch is released while the
hardtop is opening, the hardtop stops
opening. If the switch is pressed
again, the hardtop resumes opening.
Unlock button
Top latch
6. The deck opens.
NOTE
When the top latch is unlatched, the
operation indicator light illuminates.
3-57
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page116
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (116,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
9. The deck closes.
If the windows are closed, the windows
automatically open partially when the
deck opens.
7. The hardtop opens.
NOTE
When the operation is finished, a beep
sound is heard and the operation
indicator light turns off.
8. The hardtop retracts under the deck.
qClosing the Power Retractable
Hardtop
1. Press and hold the close switch.
3-58
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page117
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (117,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
When the close switch is pressed, a
beep sound is heard.
l
The hardtop keeps closing and the
operation indicator light flashes
while the close switch is pressed.
l
If the switch is released while the
hardtop is closing, the hardtop stops
closing. If the switch is pressed
again, the hardtop resumes closing.
3. The hardtop comes out from under the
deck.
2. The deck opens.
4. The hardtop closes.
NOTE
5. The deck closes.
If the windows are closed, the windows
automatically open partially when the
deck opens.
3-59
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page118
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (118,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
CAUTION
l
When the operation is finished, a
beep sound is heard and the
operation indicator light illuminates.
l
The power windows cannot be
closed automatically.
6. Move the top latch slowly to make sure
the anchor engages with the striker,
then rotate the top latch to the lock
position until a click sound is heard.
Driving with the hardtop not fully
locked could damage the hardtop.
If the red indicator is visible on the
unlock button, the hardtop is not
locked. After locking the hardtop,
verify that the red indicator is not
visible.
Locked position
Striker
Unlocked position
Red indicator
Anchor
3-60
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
l
The operation indicator light turns
off when the top latch hook is
locked.
l
If the hardtop is not closed properly
even with the top latch locked,
contact Mazda to have it inspected.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page119
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (119,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qThe Power Retractable Hardtop
Does not Close
If the hardtop cannot be closed electrically
by pressing the close switch, verify the
power retractable hardtop operation
conditions first.
Refer to Operation Conditions on page
3-56.
If the power retractable hardtop cannot be
closed even after the operation conditions
are all met, have it checked at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you are unable to have the hardtop
checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer,
the hardtop can be closed manually as an
emergency measure.
The procedure for manually closing the
hardtop is as follows:
1. Release the locks of the deck and open
it. (Refer to Opening the deck)
2. Lift up the hardtop and close it. (Refer
to Closing the hardtop)
3. Tie the ropes to the deck links and
close the deck. (Refer to Closing the
deck)
CAUTION
l
Do not drive the vehicle with the
hardtop open halfway.
l
Do not perform the procedure in a
strong wind as it could cause an
unexpected accident.
l
Two adults are required to perform
the procedure, especially when
lifting up the hardtop. Do not do it
alone so as not to cause injury or
vehicle damage.
l
Some steps in the procedure require
using multiple tools at the same time
and a certain level of technical
expertise. In addition, holding your
body extended over the car can result
in muscle strains so Mazda
recommends having the hardtop
checked at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
NOTE
Use a suitable means of illumination,
such as a flashlight, to improve
visibility under the deck lid when
performing this task.
Before closing manually
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in Reverse (R) or 1, and
turn off the engine.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position while depressing the brake
pedal.
3-61
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page120
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (120,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
4. Turn on the hazard warning flasher if it
is needed.
WARNING
Verify that the ignition switch is in the
LOCK position before manually
operating the hardtop:
Manually retracting the hardtop with
the ignition switch not in the LOCK
position is dangerous as the retractor
motors could turn on suddenly and
cause injury resulting from hands or
fingers being pinched in the
mechanism.
Manual closing
CAUTION
Do the procedure with the antenna
removed. The antenna may be damaged
if it is left installed.
NOTE
l
The gear units on both sides have to
be unlocked to release the deck
before it is raised manually. Because
the deck is heavy, two adults are
required to raise it.
l
The following describes the
procedure for the gear unit on one
side. Perform the procedure on both
sides.
Tool preparation
Locate the following tools in the glove
box.
Refer to Tool Storage on page 7-5.
2. Insert the Allen wrench into the Allen
socket in the bolt head that is pointed
forward of the gear unit located under
the deck lid as shown in the figure.
Allen wrench
Eyebolt
Deck
Gear unit
Rope
Bolt
Allen wrench
Opening the deck
1. Remove the antenna if it is installed.
Refer to Detachable Type on page
6-10.
3-62
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page121
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (121,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
The gear units are located underneath
the deck.
4. Disconnect the eyebolt from the Allen
wrench leaving the Allen wrench in
place, and insert the threaded end of
the eyebolt in the hole directly above
the Allen socket and tighten it
clockwise two full turns.
Threaded hole
Eyebolt
Bolt
Bolt
3. Use the eyebolt to get enough torque
on the short leg of the Allen wrench
and turn the Allen wrench 4 times
counterclockwise.
Allen wrench
NOTE
Tighten the eyebolt with the Allen
wrench attached. The Allen wrench can
serve as a reference for inserting the
eyebolt more easily.
5. Remove the bolt by turning the Allen
wrench counterclockwise.
NOTE
Eyebolt
l
After the bolt is clear of the hole,
keep the Allen wrench level while
pulling it out with the bolt attached
so as to prevent the bolt from hitting
the vehicle and dropping.
l
Bring the removed bolt to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.If you
drop the bolt in the vehicle by
mistake, inform at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
3-63
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page122
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (122,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
6. Tighten the eyebolt by turning it
clockwise 5 more times.
9. Press the eyebolt against the sector
gear.
Eyebolt
Sector gear
Guide
Eyebolt
7. Unscrew the eyebolt now by turning it
counterclockwise.
10. Press and rotate the sector gear
rearward to release the lock.
8. Insert the threaded end of the eyebolt
through the guide.
Eyebolt
Sector gear
Guide
Eyebolt
Guide
CAUTION
When releasing the sector gear lock
using the eyebolt, make sure the eyebolt
remains centered as you push it against
the sector gear lock. If the eyebolt slips
it could cause your hand to veer and hit
the vehicle resulting in minor scrapes or
bruises.
11. Pull out the eyebolt from the guide
when the lock is released.
3-64
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page123
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (123,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
12. Do the same procedure on the other
side.
13. Lift up the deck using two adults, one
on each side of the vehicle, and open
the deck completely.
CAUTION
l
Lift the deck using two adults. Doing
it alone could result in injury or the
deck lid mechanism being twisted
which could damage it.
l
Do not let go of the deck lid on both
sides until it is fully open. The deck
lid could fall if it is released too soon
and cause injury.
Closing the hardtop
CAUTION
l
The procedure should be done by at
least two adults. Do not do it alone
so as not to cause injury or vehicle
damage.
l
Some steps in the procedure require
holding your body in a strained
position for extended periods and if
over exerted it could result in injury.
l
Be very careful when closing the
hardtop to prevent pinching and
possible injury.
1. Grasp the hardtop along the side and
front surfaces and lift it up enough to
create a clearance at the rear of
hardtop.
3-65
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page124
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (124,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Grasp the hardtop along the side and
rear surfaces and lift it up enough to
create a clearance behind the rear glass.
Closing the deck
1. Loop the center of the rope through the
pin on the link twice so that it does not
loosen.
Link
3. Grasp the hardtop along its side surface
and the rear area of the rear glass, pull
the hardtop towards the front of the
vehicle, and completely close it.
Pin
Rope
NOTE
Before closing the deck, two small
ropes need to be installed and tied into
the trunk so that the deck does not pop
up while driving, and so that the deck
can be raised for servicing by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2. Route one end of the rope to the inside
of the vehicle passing it through the
gap in the trim. Route the other end to
the outside of the vehicle passing it
through the links.
4. Lock the top latch.
Refer to Closing the Power Retractable
Hardtop on page 3-58.
3-66
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page125
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (125,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To the inside of the vehicle
4. Close the deck uniformly on both sides
using two adults, one on each side of
the vehicle.
Trim
Rope
To the outside of the vehicle
CAUTION
Links
Rope
Close the deck using two adults. Doing
it alone could result in injury or the
deck lid mechanism being twisted
which could damage it.
5. Lightly pushing the deck downward,
pull the ropes to the rear along both
sides of the trunk to hold the deck
down.
NOTE
Always route the one end of the rope to
inside of the vehicle. If it is not inside
the vehicle, it will be difficult to service
the hardtop at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
NOTE
Pull the ropes horizontally to the
vehicle rear.
3. Do the same procedure on the other
side.
3-67
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page126
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (126,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
Open the trunk using the key. The
remote release button, advanced keyless
entry function, and the keyless entry
system do not operate when this
emergency procedure is done.
Rope
8. Tie off the other side rope the same
way.
9. Close the trunk lid.
6. Lightly move the deck and verify that
it is secured completely.
7. Open the trunk using the key, and tie
the rope to the bracket and knot it twice
so that it does not loosen.
After finishing the procedure
After finishing the procedure, have the
hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Rope
Bracket
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h
(25 mph) or lower before having the
hardtop checked at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer:
The hardtop may open while the
vehicle is being driven and cause an
accident.
NOTE
CAUTION
Tie the ropes securely so that the deck
does not open while the vehicle is being
driven.
The trunk cannot be opened with the
remote release button, advanced keyless
entry function, and the keyless entry
system as they are disabled when this
emergency procedure is done.
qPower Retractable Hardtop
Appearance Care
Refer to Hardtop Maintenance (page
8-57) for information on retractable
hardtop appearance care.
3-68
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page127
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (127,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qWhen Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated
If an improper operation is performed or a system malfunction has occurred, the indicator light or a warning beep
is activated to notify the user of improper operation or a system malfunction.
Warning
What to check
Make sure that all the conditions for operating the
A warning beep sound is heard when the open or close retractable hardtop have been met. If the chime sounds
switch is pressed.
despite having met all the operation conditions, consult
an Authorized Mazda to have the system inspected.
A warning beep sound is heard when the open or close The hardtop is not fully opened or closed. Press the
switch is released.
switch until the open or close operation is completed.
The hardtop has not completely opened or closed.
A warning beep sound is heard continuously and the
Continue to press the button until the operation is
indicator light is illuminated while the vehicle is driven. completed. After the hardtop is completely closed, latch
the top latch.
If the open or close button has not been operated and
The system may have a malfunction. Have the vehicle
the operation indicator light is flashing:
checked at an Authorized Mazda.
3-69
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page128
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (128,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System (with
Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with an advanced key the
system recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not allow the following when
starting the engine with the auxiliary
key due to an advanced key dead
battery or other malfunction. Otherwise
the signal from the auxiliary key will
not be received correctly and the engine
may not start.
l
Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
l
Spare auxiliary keys or keys for
other vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the auxiliary key.
l
Equipment containing electronic
components or cards with magnetic
strips such as credit cards come near
the auxiliary key.
CAUTION
l
l
Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
To avoid damage to the key, do not:
l
l
l
l
NOTE
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
l
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct
sunlight.
3-70
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page129
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (129,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qOperation
Arming
NOTE
l
The engine may not start and the
security indicator light may
illuminate or flash if the advanced
key is placed in an area where it is
difficult for the system to detect the
signal, such as on the dashboard, or
in the glove box. Move the advanced
key to another place, turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK
position, and then restart the engine.
l
Signals from a TV or radio station, or
from a transceiver or a mobile
telephone could interfere with your
immobilizer system. If you are using
the proper advanced key and the
engine fails to start, check the
security indicator light. If the
indicator light is flashing, turn the
ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK
position and wait for a while, then
restart the engine. If it doesn't start
after 3 or more tries, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving,
don't shut off the engine. Go to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
it checked. If the engine is shut off
while the indicator light is flashing,
you won't be able to restart it.
l
Since the electronic codes are reset
when repairing the immobilizer
system, the advanced key (including
auxiliary key) are needed. Bring all
the advanced keys (including
auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON position to
the ACC or LOCK position. The security
indicator light in the instrument cluster
flashes every 2 seconds until the system is
disarmed.
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the registered advanced key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
3-71
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page130
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (130,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qMaintenance
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
The advanced keys (including
auxiliary key) carry a unique
electronic code. For this reason, and
to assure your safety, obtaining a
replacement advanced key (including
auxiliary key) requires some waiting
time. They are only available
through an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
l
Always keep a spare advanced key
in case one is lost. If an advanced
key is lost, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
l
If you lose an advanced key
(including auxiliary key), an
Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset
the electronic codes of your
remaining advanced keys (including
auxiliary keys) and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining
advanced keys (including auxiliary
keys) to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that
has not been reset is not possible.
3-72
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed to it.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page131
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (131,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
CAUTION
When starting the engine do not allow
the following, as the engine may not
start due to the electronic signal from
the ignition key not being transmitted
correctly.
l
A key ring rests on the key grip.
l
Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
l
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles
equipped with an immobilizer
system touch or come near the key
grip.
l
Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage touch or come near
the key.
CAUTION
l
l
Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
To avoid damage to the key, do not:
l
l
l
l
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct
sunlight.
3-73
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page132
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (132,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
l
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
If the security indicator light comes
on and stays on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
the engine will not start.
l
Signals from a TV or radio station, or
from a transceiver or a mobile
telephone, could interfere with your
immobilizer system. If you are using
the proper key and your engine fails
to start, check the security indicator
light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or
more, then reinsert it and try starting
the engine again. If it doesn't start
after 3 or more tries, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving,
don't shut off the engine. Go to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
it checked. If you shut off the engine
while the light is flashing you won't
be able to restart it.
qOperation
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON to the ACC
position.
The security indicator light in the
instrument panel flashes every 2 seconds
until the system is disarmed.
3-74
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page133
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (133,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
l
Since the electronic codes are reset
when repairing the immobilizer
system, the keys are needed. Bring
all the existing keys to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qMaintenance
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed to it.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
NOTE
l
The keys carry a unique electronic
code. For this reason, and to assure
your safety, obtaining replacement
key requires some waiting time.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
Always keep a spare key, in case one
is lost. If a key is lost, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
l
If you lose a key, an Authorized
Mazda Dealer will reset the
electronic codes of your remaining
keys and immobilizer system. Bring
all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that
has not been reset is not possible.
3-75
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page134
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (134,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Theft-Deterrent System í
The theft-deterrent system is designed to
prevent your vehicle or its contents from
being stolen when both doors, hood, and
trunk lid are locked.
If forcible entry is attempted, the system
sounds the horn and flashes the hazard
warning lights.
NOTE
l
The theft-deterrent system operates
with the key or the keyless entry
system transmitter.
l
(With advanced key)
The theft-deterrent system can also
be operated using a request switch or
the start knob.
The system operates only when the
driver is in the vehicle or within
operational range while the advanced
key is being carried.
l
The system will not function unless
it is properly armed. To properly
secure the vehicle, always make sure
both windows are completely closed
and both doors and the trunk lid are
locked before leaving the vehicle.
Remember to take your key and
transmitter.
qOperation
System triggering conditions
The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash for about 25
seconds when the system is triggered by
any one of the following:
l
Forcing open a door, the hood or the
trunk lid.
3-76
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
l
Unlocking a door with the door lock
switch.
l
Opening a door by operating an inside
door-lock knob.
l
Opening the hood by operating the
hood release handle.
l
Opening the trunk lid by operating the
trunk lid release button.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door is
unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with
the key or with the transmitter.
(With advanced key)
The lights and horn can also be
deactivated by pressing a request switch.
qHow to Arm the System
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
(With advanced key)
Turn the start knob to the LOCK
position.
2. Make sure the hood and the trunk lid
are closed. Close and lock both doors
from the outside using the key. If you
have the keyless entry system, press
the lock button on the transmitter.
(With advanced key)
Press a request switch on the doors or
the lock button on the transmitter.
The hazard warning lights will flash
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
(Without advanced key)
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
Close the hood and the trunk lid . Press
the area on the door-lock switch
marked “LOCK” once. Close both
doors.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page135
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (135,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
Locking the doors with the inside doorlock knob will not arm the system.
qTo Turn off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
l
Unlock a door with the key.
l
Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l
Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn it to the ON position.
l
(With advanced key)
l
l
l
Press the unlock button or press and
hold the trunk button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l
(With advanced key)
l
l
Press a request switch on the doors.
Press the unlock button or press and
hold the trunk button on the
transmitter.
NOTE
If you have any problem with the theftdeterrent system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qTheft-Deterrent Labels
Press a request switch on the doors
or the unlock button on the
transmitter.
Turn the start knob to the ON
position.
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
NOTE
The trunk lid can be opened with the
key or the transmitter even when the
system is armed. The alarm will not
come on and the system will remain
armed.
qTo Stop an Alarm
A label indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is
in the glove box.
Mazda recommends that you affix it to the
lower rear corner of a front door window.
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
l
Unlock a door with the key.
l
Open the trunk lid with the key.
3-77
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page136
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (136,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident.
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
Check the mirror angles before driving.
Mirror type
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
WARNING
qTilt Steering Wheel
To change the angle of the steering wheel,
stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel release
lever under the steering column down,
adjust the wheel, then push the release
lever up to lock the column.
Tilt wheel release
lever
Be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears.
Power control mirror
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
To adjust:
After adjusting, push the wheel up and
down to be certain it's locked before
driving.
3-78
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page137
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (137,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Selector switch
Outside mirror
qRearview Mirror
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
Mirror switch
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by placing the selector switch in the
middle position.
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
flush with the vehicle.
Reducing glare from headlights
Adjust the mirror with the day/night lever
in the day position.
Push the lever forward for day driving.
Pull it back to reduce glare from
headlights.
Day/Night lever
Day
WARNING
Night
Always return the outside mirrors to
the driving position before you start
driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident.
3-79
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page138
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher
than the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes.
3-80
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (138,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page139
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
4
Black plate (139,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................
Fuel Requirements ....................................................................
Emission Control System ..........................................................
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) .........................................
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-4
Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5
Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5
After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5
Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8
Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-8
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-10
Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10
Towing .......................................................................................... 4-11
Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-11
4-1
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page140
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (140,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Premium unleaded fuel
Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)
91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
You may use a regular unleaded fuel with an Octane Rating from 87 to 90 (91 to 95 RON)
but this will slightly reduce performance, such as reduced engine output, and engine
knocking.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system
to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter or the oxygen sensor. The lead will
accumulate on the oxygen sensor and the catalyst inside the converter. This will result
in a malfunction of the emission control system, causing poor performance.
l
Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol by
volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any
kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
l
Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those specified
by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l
Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
l
Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
l
Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page141
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (141,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything flammable:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could
ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside
the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the
converter and cause poor performance.
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
l
Don't drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
l
Don't coast with the ignition switch turned off.
l
Don't descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.
l
Don't operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.
l
Don't tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must
be made by a qualified technician.
l
Don't push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control
system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some
states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
NOTE
While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard below the
trunk, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking
device and it operates while the engine is off.
4-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page142
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (142,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of
consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when
idling the engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and
the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains
poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even
death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,
before starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust
pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because
exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.
4-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page143
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (143,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
After Getting In
l
Are all doors closed and locked?
l
Is the seat adjusted properly?
l
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
l
Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
l
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
fluid leaks.
l
Is each occupant's seat belt fastened?
l
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
l
Check all gauges.
l
Check all warning lights when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
l
Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
NOTE
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch
fluid, washer fluid, and other fluid
levels should be inspected. See
Maintenance, Section 8.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
4-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page144
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (144,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l
Don't race the engine.
l
l
Don't maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l
Avoid fast starts.
l
Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
l
Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l
Slow down on rough roads.
l
Keep the tires properly inflated.
l
Don't carry unnecessary weight.
l
Don't rest your foot on the brake pedal
while driving.
l
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l
Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l
Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
l
Don't drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm for extended periods
of time.
l
Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
l
Avoid full-throttle starts.
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going
down a hill:
Stopping the engine when going down
a hill is dangerous. This causes the
loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause damage
to the drivetrain. Any loss of steering
or braking control could cause an
accident.
4-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page145
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (145,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary
to downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
l
For more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the rear wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the rear
wheels.
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazard:
l
Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
l
Avoid sudden braking and quick
steering.
l
If your vehicle is not equipped with
ABS, brake with the pedal by using a
light up-down motion. Do not hold the
pedal down constantly.
If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,
do not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
l
If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the rear
wheels.
4-7
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page146
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (146,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Rocking the Vehicle
Winter Driving
l
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than
56 km/h (35 mph), and do not allow
anyone to stand behind a wheel when
pushing the vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is dangerous.
The spinning tire could overheat and
explode. This could cause serious
injuries.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
l
Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-24.
l
Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
l
Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
l
Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but don't use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-27).
l
Don't use the parking brake in freezing
weather as the parking brake may
freeze. Instead, shift to P with an
automatic transmission and to 1 or R
with a manual transmission. Block the
rear wheels.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transmission failure, and
tire damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from 1 (D) to R.
4-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag
of sand or salt.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page147
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (147,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
qSnow Tires
qTire Chains
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door frame), but
never more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
summer tires designed for optimum
traction on wet and dry roads. If your
vehicle is to be used on snow and ice
covered roads, Mazda recommends that
you replace the tires originally equipped
on your vehicle with snow tires during the
winter months.
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all
four wheels:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result in
an accident.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
CAUTION
l
Chains may affect handling.
l
Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
l
Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
l
Avoid locked-wheel braking.
l
Do not use chains on roads that are
free of snow or ice. The tires and
chains could be damaged.
l
Chains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system
may not function correctly when using
tire chains.
Install the chains on the rear tires.
Do not use chains on the front tires.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Installing the chains
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system
may not function correctly when using
tires with steel wire reinforcement in
the sidewalls (page 5-30).
1. Secure the chains on the rear tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer's instructions.
2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2
―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
4-9
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page148
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (148,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
CAUTION
Make sure water does not enter the
vehicle interior or the engine area.
Interior materials could get moldy, and
many electronic devices in the cabin
and the engine could be damaged.
4-10
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your
vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident or
vehicle damage. You can estimate the
weight of your load by weighing the
items (or people) before putting them
in the vehicle.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page149
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (149,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Trailer Towing
The Mazda MX-5 is not designed for
towing. Never tow a trailer with your
Mazda MX-5.
4-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page150
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
4-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (150,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page151
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
5
Black plate (151,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4
Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5
Manual Transmission Operation ............................................... 5-9
Automatic Transmission Controls ........................................... 5-12
Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-19
Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-20
Traction Control System (TCS) í ........................................... 5-23
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) í ........................................ 5-24
Tire Pressure Monitoring System í ......................................... 5-27
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-33
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-33
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-38
Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-38
Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-51
Switches and Controls ................................................................
Lighting Control .....................................................................
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...............................................
Fog Lights í ............................................................................
Windshield Wipers and Washer ..............................................
Rear Window Defroster ...........................................................
Horn ........................................................................................
Hazard Warning Flasher ..........................................................
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-52
5-52
5-54
5-54
5-55
5-56
5-57
5-57
5-1
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page152
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (152,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Ignition Switch
(With advanced key)
qIgnition Switch Positions
With advanced
key
NOTE
When starting the engine using the
advanced key, refer to Starting the
Engine (page 3-10).
Without advanced
key
When starting the engine with the
auxiliary key, perform the following
procedure.
1. Remove the auxiliary key from the
advanced key (page 3-17).
2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCK
position.
3. Remove the start knob by pulling it
outward while pressing the buttons on
both the left and right sides.
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
Manual Transmission Vehicle
Push the key
4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition
switch.
5-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page153
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (153,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transmission Vehicle
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
should be inspected before the engine is
started (page 5-38).
NOTE
WARNING
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked:
Removing the key from the ignition
switch while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Removing the key allows
the steering wheel to lock. You will
lose steering control and a serious
accident could occur. (For vehicles
equipped with the advanced key, the
steering wheel locks when the starter
knob is turned to the LOCK position.)
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with
an automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission:
Leaving the driver's seat without
setting the parking brake and the shift
lever is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, the sound of the fuel
pump motor operating near the fuel
tank can be heard. This does not
indicate an abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the
steering wheel from side to side.
5-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page154
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (154,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Starting the Engine
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the
spark ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field strength of radio
noise.
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
CAUTION
Don't try the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or
fails to start, wait 10 seconds before
trying again. Otherwise, you may
damage the starter and drain the battery.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
NOTE
l
In extremely cold weather, below
_18 °C (0 °F), or after the vehicle
has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without
operating the accelerator.
l
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without use of
the accelerator.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. (Manual transmission)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transmission)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
(Manual transmission)
The starter will not operate if the clutch
pedal is not depressed all the way.
(Automatic transmission)
The starter will not operate if the shift
lever is not in P or N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at
a time) until the engine starts.
5-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page155
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (155,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Brake System
qFoot Brake
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or
turned off is dangerous. Braking will
require more effort, and the brake's
power-assist could be depleted if you
pump the brake. This will cause
longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily applying
the brakes for long distances is
dangerous. This causes overheated
brakes, resulting in longer stopping
distances or even total brake failure.
This could cause loss of vehicle
control and a serious accident. Avoid
continuous application of the brakes.
WARNING
Dry brakes that have become wet by
driving very slowly and applying the
brakes lightly until brake performance
is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
qParking Brake
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with
an automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission:
Leaving the driver's seat without
setting the parking brake and the shift
lever is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on will
cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter
Driving (page 4-8) regarding parking
brake use.
5-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page156
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (156,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Setting the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and then firmly
pull the parking brake lever fully upwards
with a greater amount of force than is
required so that the vehicle holds in the
stationary position.
qBrake System Warning Light
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and pull the
parking brake lever upwards, then press
the release button. While holding the
button, lower the parking brake lever all
the way down to the released position.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-26).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes out have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page157
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (157,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
WARNING
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes
an indicator of leakage. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible even if the brake light is no
longer illuminated.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system warning
light illuminated is dangerous. It
indicates that your brakes may not
work at all or that they could
completely fail at any time. If this light
remains illuminated, after checking
that the parking brake is fully
released, have the brakes inspected
immediately.
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS) í
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
NOTE
Braking distances may be longer on
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for
example) which usually have a hard
foundation. A vehicle with a normal
braking system may require less
distance to stop under these conditions
because the tires will build up a wedge
of surface layer when the wheels skid.
qABS Warning Light í
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Don't
pump the brakes, continue to press down
on the brake pedal.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-7
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page158
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (158,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning í
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS
warning light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated at the same time is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly in
an emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
qBrake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise
to warn that the pads should be replaced.
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light
on at the same time. The problem is likely
to be an electronic brake force distribution
system.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
5-8
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page159
Monday, June 12 2006 12:56 AM
Black plate (159,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Manual Transmission
Operation
qManual Transmission Shift Pattern
5-speed transmission
Neutral position
6-speed transmission
Neutral position
The vehicle is equipped with either a 5speed or 6-speed manual transmission.
The shift pattern for each is shown above.
Depress the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
(5-speed transmission)
A safety feature prevents accidental
shifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shift
lever must be put in neutral before being
shifted to R.
5-9
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page160
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (160,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
(6-speed transmission)
Vehicles with 6-speed transmission are
equipped with a device to prevent shifting
to R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shift
lever downward and shift to R.
CAUTION
l
Keep your foot off the clutch pedal
except when shifting gears. Also,
don't use the clutch to hold the
vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the
clutch will cause needless clutch
wear and damage.
l
Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is still
moving may damage the
transmission.
NOTE
WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high
speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. This could lead
to loss of vehicle control and an
accident.
Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or
R position and set the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move and
cause an accident.
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back
into neutral, release the clutch pedal,
and try again.
qRecommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend
these shift points.
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
6-speed
transmission
23 km/h (14 mph)
37 km/h (23 mph)
50 km/h (31 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
66 km/h (41 mph)
For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
5-10
5-speed
transmission
24 km/h (15 mph)
42 km/h (26 mph)
55 km/h (34 mph)
66 km/h (41 mph)
―
5-speed
transmission
15 km/h (9 mph)
29 km/h (18 mph)
47 km/h (29 mph)
61 km/h (38 mph)
―
6-speed
transmission
18 km/h (11 mph)
32 km/h (20 mph)
44 km/h (27 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
68 km/h (42 mph)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page161
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (161,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
5-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page162
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (162,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transmission Controls
Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
switch must be in the ACC or ON position).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
NOTE
This Sport AT has an option that is not included in traditional automatic transmission giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the
transmission to shift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission
functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertently
shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as you change
speeds. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm
you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-14).
5-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page163
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (163,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTransmission Ranges
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transmission and prevents the
rear wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the shift lever to P AND set
the parking brake:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous.
If P fails to hold, the vehicle could
move and cause an accident.
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than
idle, do not shift from N or P into a
driving gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine is
running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move suddenly,
causing an accident or serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury.
CAUTION
l
Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage your
transmission.
l
Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transmission.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transmission are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause
transmission damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the
brake pedal before moving the shift
lever from N to prevent the vehicle
from moving unexpectedly.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transmission will automatically
shift through a 6-gear sequence.
5-13
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page164
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (164,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever or steering shift
switches.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-14).
qShift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
qManual Shift Mode
This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transmission vehicle by operating
the shift lever and allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the rear wheels
much like a manual transmission when
more control is desired.
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
NOTE
l
l
l
When the ignition switch is in the
LOCK position, the shift lever
cannot be shifted from P.
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in P.
(With Advanced Key)
The ignition switch cannot be turned
from the ACC position to the LOCK
position when the shift lever is not in
P.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
NOTE
If you change to manual shift mode
when the vehicle is stopped, the gear
will shift to M1.
Indicators
Shift position indicator
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
5-14
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page165
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (165,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Gear position indicator
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
Shift position
indicator
NOTE
l
If the steering shift switches on both
sides (left and right) are operated
simultaneously, the gear will shift
once.
l
The gear will not shift if:
l
l
Gear position
indicator
NOTE
l
If the gears cannot be shifted down
when driving at higher speeds, the
gear position indicator will flash
twice to signal that the gears cannot
be shifted down.
l
If the automatic transmission fluid
(ATF) temperature becomes too
high, there is the possibility that the
transmission will switch to automatic
shift mode, canceling manual shift
mode and turning off the gear
position indicator illumination. This
is a normal function to protect the
AT. After the ATF temperature has
decreased, the gear position indicator
illumination turns back on and
driving in manual shift mode is
restored.
The steering shift switch and the
shift lever are operated
simultaneously.
The UP switch and DOWN
switch are operated
simultaneously.
Manually Shifting up
(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5→M6)
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift
lever back ( ) once.
Shifting
You can shift gears up and down by
operating the shift lever or the steering
shift switches.
5-15
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page166
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (166,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
To shift up to a higher gear with the
steering shift switches, tap either of the
UP switches toward you once with your
fingers.
NOTE
l
When driving slowly, the gears may
not shift up depending on vehicle
speed.
l
In manual shift mode, gears do not
shift up automatically. Don't run the
engine with the tachometer needle in
the RED ZONE. If the tachometer
needle enters the RED ZONE, you
may feel engine-braking because the
fuel delivery will be stopped to
protect the engine. However, this
does not indicate an abnormality.
l
When depressing the accelerator
fully, the transmission will shift to a
lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed (Except M2→M1).
UP switches
WARNING
Keep your hands on the steering wheel
rim when using fingers or thumbs on
the steering shift switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of
the steering wheel when using the
steering shift switches is dangerous. If
the driver air bag were to deploy in a
collision, your hands could be
impacted causing injury.
5-16
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Manually Shifting down
(M6→M5→M4→M3→M2→M1)
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift
lever forward ( ) once.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page167
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (167,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
To shift down to a lower gear with the
steering shift switches, press either of the
DOWN switches away from you once
with your thumb.
NOTE
l
When driving at high speeds, the
gear may not shift down depending
on vehicle speed.
l
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending
on vehicle speed.
l
When depressing the accelerator
fully, the transmission will shift to a
lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed (Except M2→M1).
DOWN switches
Second gear fixed mode
WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery
road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. This could lead
to loss of vehicle control and an
accident.
When the shift lever is tapped back ( )
while the vehicle is stopped, the
transmission is set in the second gear
fixed mode. The gear is fixed in second
while in this mode for easier starting and
driving on slippery roads. If the shift lever
is tapped back ( ) or forward ( ) while
in the second gear fixed mode, the mode
will be canceled.
Keep your hands on the steering wheel
rim when using fingers or thumbs on
the steering shift switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of
the steering wheel when using the
steering shift switches is dangerous. If
the driver air bag were to deploy in a
collision, your hands could be
impacted causing injury.
5-17
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page168
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (168,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Shifting specification
Shifting up
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
Gear
M1→M2
M2→M3
M3→M4
M4→M5
M5→M6
Vehicle speed
Between 0 and 18 km/h
(0 and 11 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Between 22 and 32 km/h
(13 and 19 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Between 40 and 48 km/h
(25 and 29 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Between 50 and 68 km/h
(31 and 42 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Shifting down
If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted down to a lower gear.
Gear
M5→M4
M4→M3
M3→M2
M2→M1
Vehicle speed
164 km/h (102 mph)
117 km/h (72 mph)
80 km/h (49 mph)
35 km/h (21 mph)
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
Gear
M6→M5
M5→M4
M4→M3
M3→M2
M2→M1
Vehicle speed
47 km/h (29 mph)
38 km/h (23 mph)
20 km/h (12 mph)
15 km/h (9 mph)
12 km/h (7 mph)
5-18
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
The gear does not shift down to M1
automatically while in the second gear
fixed mode.
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear
M6→M5
M6→M4
M5→M4
M5→M3
M4→M3
M4→M2
M3→M2
Vehicle speed
190 km/h (118 mph)
125 km/h (77 mph)
125 km/h (77 mph)
78 km/h (48 mph)
78 km/h (48 mph)
50 km/h (31 mph)
50 km/h (31 mph)
Recommendations for shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend these shift
points.
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
M5 to M6
Vehicle speed
24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
53 km/h (33 mph)
59 km/h (37 mph)
78 km/h (49 mph)
For cruising
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
M5 to M6
Vehicle speed
22 km/h (14 mph)
27 km/h (17 mph)
41 km/h (26 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
64 km/h (40 mph)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page169
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (169,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
Power Steering
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qDriving Tips
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transmission will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running.
This could damage the power steering
system.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.
5-19
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page170
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (170,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Cruise Control
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under
the following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the
following conditions is dangerous and
could result in loss of vehicle control.
l Hilly terrain
l Steep inclines
l Heavy or unsteady traffic
l Slippery or winding roads
l Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and
the cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
5-20
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qActivation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON/OFF
switch.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
To deactivate the system, press the switch
again.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.
WARNING
Keep the ON/OFF switch off when
cruise control is not in use:
Leaving the ON/OFF switch on when
not using the cruise control is
dangerous as you may hit one of the
other buttons and put the vehicle in
cruise control unexpectedly. This
could result in loss of vehicle control.
qTo Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON/OFF switch.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page171
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (171,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
3. Press down the cruise control switch
and release it at the speed you want.
Release the accelerator at the same
time.
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
l
Pull up the cruise control switch and
hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the switch at the speed you
want.
Cruise
control
switch
Cruise
control
switch
Don't continue to hold the switch. Until
you release it, speed will continue to drop
(unless you continue to accelerate) and
you'll miss the desired speed.
NOTE
l
The SET function can't be activated
until about 2 seconds after the ON/
OFF switch has been engaged.
l
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down going up or
speed up while going down.
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control
switch. Multiple taps will increase your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
l
Accelerate to the desired speed.
press down the cruise control switch
and release it immediately.
Cruise
control
switch
5-21
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page172
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (172,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up
temporarily when the cruise control is
on. Greater speed will not interfere with
it or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to
return to the set speed.
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
Press down the cruise control switch and
hold it. The vehicle will gradually slow.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
If some other method besides the ON/
OFF switch was used to cancel cruising
speed and the system is still activated, the
most recent set speed will automatically
resume when the cruise control switch
pulled up.
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) and pull up the cruise
control switch.
Cruise
control
switch
Cruise
control
switch
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control
switch. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
5-22
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qTo Cancel
To turn off the system, use one of these
methods:
l
Press the ON/OFF switch.
l
Slightly depress the brake pedal.
l
Depress the clutch pedal (Manual
transmission only).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page173
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (173,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
Press the CANCEL button.
Traction Control System
(TCS) í
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque. When the TCS
detects driving wheel slippage, it lowers
engine torque to prevent loss of traction.
The system is off when the ignition is off.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels
without causing them to spin and lose
traction.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15
km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed or
below 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
Do not rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road contact
because of water on the road surface).
You can still have an accident.
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive
at reduced speeds when roads are
covered with ice and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident.
NOTE
To turn off the TCS, press the DSC
OFF switch (page 5-26).
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-23
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page174
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (174,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This indicates
that the TCS is operating properly.
l
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to
achieve high rpm when the TCS is
on.
5-24
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC) í
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces, or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 5-7) and TCS (page
5-23).
WARNING
Do not rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road contact
because of water on the road surface).
You can still have an accident.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page175
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (175,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
l
The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
l
l
l
l
l
Use tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
Use tires of the same
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
Do not mix worn tires.
The DSC may not operate correctly
when tire chains are used or a
temporary spare tire is installed
because the tire diameter changes.
If repair or replacement of the
steering or other surrounding
equipment is necessary, have it done
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. If
the center position of the steering
deviates, the DSC may not operate
correctly because there is a sensor in
the steering which detects driving
conditions.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qDSC OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-26).
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
5-25
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page176
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (176,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In
this case, the DSC OFF indicator light
flashes and the TCS/DSC indicator light
illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the
following procedure with the battery
connected.
qDSC OFF Switch
Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the
TCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator light
will illuminate.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,
then turn it counterclockwise fully.
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator
goes off.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position, then turn it to the ON
position again.
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator
light goes off.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS/
DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicator
light will go out.
NOTE
l
When DSC is on and you attempt to
free the vehicle when it is stuck, or
drive it out of freshly fallen snow,
the TCS (part of the DSC system)
will activate. Depressing the
accelerator will not increase engine
power and freeing the vehicle may
be difficult.
When this happens, turn off the TCS/
DSC.
l
If the TCS/DSC is off when the
engine is turned off, it automatically
activates when the ignition switch is
turned on.
l
Leaving the TCS/DSC on will
provide the best stability. When the
TCS/DSC is off, the TCS/DSC does
not activate but the brake LSD
(Limited Slip Differentials) function
remains.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the
DSC OFF indicator light remain
illuminated even after turning the
ignition switch to the ON position,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-26
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page177
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (177,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
If the DSC OFF switch is pressed
and held for a second or more, the
TCS/DSC system may become
inoperative due to the system
detecting switch trouble. If the TCS/
DSC system becomes inoperative,
the TCS/DSC and the DSC OFF
indicator lights illuminate
simultaneously. In this case, turn off
the engine and restart it to restore the
TCS/DSC.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System í
The tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) monitors the pressure for each
tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more
tires, the system will inform the driver via
the warning light in the instrument panel
and by the warning beep sound.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each
wheel send tire pressure data by radio
signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low
due to seasonal changes, tire
temperatures are also lower. If the tire
temperature lowers, the air pressure
lowers as well, and the TPMS warning
light illuminates more frequently.
Inspect the tire pressure daily before
driving, and check the tire pressures
monthly with a tire pressure gauge.
When checking the tire pressures, use
of a digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-27
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page178
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (178,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
TPMS does not alleviate your need to
check the pressure and condition of all
four tires before you drive each day.
CAUTION
l
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to
the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
5-28
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
CAUTION
l
To avoid false readings, the system
samples for a little while before
indicating a problem. As a result it
will not instantaneously register a
rapid tire deflation or blow out.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This
device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
when tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires, and flashes when there is a
system malfunction.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page179
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (179,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to drive
the vehicle at high speeds, or perform
sudden maneuvering or braking.
Vehicle drivability could worsen and
result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and the
system monitored again, an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning
Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious situation
that could lead to tire failure and a
dangerous accident.
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
NOTE
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment
when the tires are cold. Tire pressure
will vary according to the tire
temperature, therefore let the vehicle
stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1.6
km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold
inflation pressure, the TPMS
warning light/beep may turn on after
the tires cool and pressure drops
below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning
light, resulting from the tire air
pressure dropping due to cold
ambient temperature, may go out if
the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to
adjust the tire air pressures. If the
TPMS warning light illuminates due
to a drop in tire air pressure, make
sure to check and adjust the tire air
pressures.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
5-29
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page180
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (180,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
l
After adjusting the tire air pressures,
it may require some time for the
TPMS warning light to go out. If the
TPMS warning light remains
illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph)
for 10 minutes, and then verify that it
goes out.
Tires can loose a little air quite
naturally over time and the TPMS
cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat.
However, when you find one low tire
in a set of four - that is an indication
of trouble; you should have someone
drive the vehicle slowly forward so
you can inspect any low tire for cuts
and any metal sticking through tread
or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to
be addressed by more than simply
refilling the trouble tire as leaks are
dangerous - take it to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer which has all the
equipment to fix tires, TPMS
systems and order the best
replacement tire for your vehicle.
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture.
Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires on
page 7-3.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-30
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qFlat Tire Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
If the tire pressures decrease extremely
after the TPMS warning light has
illuminated, or if a tire is punctured, the
flat tire warning light also illuminates, and
a beep sound will be heard for
approximately 30 seconds.
Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires on
page 7-3.
qSystem Error Activation
When the TPMS warning light flashes,
there may be a system malfunction.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
l
When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
l
When a metallic device such as a nongenuine navigation system is equipped
near the center of the dashboard, which
may block radio signals from the tire
pressure sensor to the receiver unit.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page181
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (181,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
When using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
l
l
A digital device such as a personal
computer.
A current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
l
When excess snow or ice adheres to
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
l
When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
l
When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
l
When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
l
When using tire chains.
qTires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire air
pressures, do not apply excessive force
to the stem part of the wheel unit. The
stem part could be damaged.
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.
NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique
ID signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can
work. The easiest way to do it is to have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer change
your tire and complete ID signal code
registration.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
Tire pressure sensor ID signal code
registration is completed when an
Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your
vehicle's tires.
When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position, then
turn it back to the ACC or LOCK
position.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
5-31
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page182
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (182,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
A new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.
l
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15
minutes of changing tires, the tire
pressure monitoring system warning
light will flash because the sensor ID
signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the
vehicle for about 15 minutes, after
which the sensor ID signal code will
register upon driving the vehicle for 10
minutes.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
l
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
l
The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
l
The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
5-32
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
l
The tire pressure sensor ID signal
code must be registered when a new
tire pressure sensor is purchased. For
purchase of a tire pressure sensor and
registration of the tire pressure
sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
When reinstalling a previously
removed tire pressure sensor to a
wheel, replace the grommet When
reinstalling a previously removed tire
pressure sensor to a wheel, replace
the grommet (seal between valve
body/sensor and wheel) for the tire
pressure sensor. for the tire pressure
sensor.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page183
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (183,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-34
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-34
Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-35
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-35
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-36
Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-37
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ................................................................................ page 5-36
5-33
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page184
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (184,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
Odometer
The display mode can be changed
between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
Trip meter A
Press the selector
Odometer
Selector
Trip meter B
Press the selector
Odometer
Trip meter
NOTE
The odometer and trip meter can be
displayed as follows even when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK
position.
l
Displays for 10 minutes after the
ignition switch is turned to the ACC
or LOCK position from the ON
position.
l
Displays for 10 minutes after the
driver's door is opened.
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
5-34
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page185
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (185,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
qTachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
Red zone
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for more than 1
second. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
NOTE
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
l
The trip record will be erased when:
l
l
CAUTION
Don't run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine damage.
qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
The power supply is interrupted
(blown fuse or the battery is
disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9
km (mile).
If the needle is near H, it indicates
overheating.
5-35
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page186
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (186,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
CAUTION
Driving with an overheated engine can
cause serious engine damage (page
7-19).
qEngine Oil Pressure Gauge
Normal range
qFuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is in the tank. We recommend
keeping the tank over 1/4 full. When the
low fuel warning light illuminates or
when the needle is near E, refuel as soon
as possible.
Low fuel
warning light
NOTE
The direction of the arrow ( ) shown
that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side
of the vehicle.
Engine oil pressure is normal when the
engine oil pressure gauge needle points
within the normal range.
If the needle on the gauge doesn't move
after starting the engine, follow steps 1
through 3.
If the engine oil pressure gauge moves to
L (low) while you are driving, drive to the
side of the road and park off the right-ofway. Set the parking brake. Then follow
steps 1 through 3.
1. Turn off the engine and inspect the
engine oil level (page 8-23). If it's low,
add oil.
2. Start the engine.
3. If the needle still doesn't move, have
your vehicle checked at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don't run the engine if the oil pressure
is low. It could result in extensive
engine damage.
5-36
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page187
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (187,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qDashboard Illumination
When the exterior lights are on, rotate the
knob to adjust the brightness of the
dashboard lights.
Dim
Bright
5-37
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page188
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (188,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Brake System Warning Light
5-40
Charging System Warning Light
5-41
Check Engine Light
5-42
ABS Warning Light
5-40
Air Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
5-42
Low Fuel Warning Light
5-43
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
5-43
5-38
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page189
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (189,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Door-Ajar Warning Light
5-44
Automatic Transmission Warning Light
5-44
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
5-45
Flat Tire Warning Light
5-47
KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green)
5-47
Security Indicator Light
5-48
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
5-49
Shift Position Indicator Light
5-49
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
5-49
DSC OFF Indicator Light
5-49
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
5-50
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
5-50
5-39
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page190
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (190,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qBrake System Warning Light
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes
an indicator of leakage. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible even if the brake light is no
longer illuminated.
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system warning
light illuminated is dangerous. It
indicates that your brakes may not
work at all or that they could
completely fail at any time. If this light
remains illuminated, after checking
that the parking brake is fully
released, have the brakes inspected
immediately.
qABS Warning Light í
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-26).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes out have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-40
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page191
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (191,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning í
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light
on at the same time. The problem is likely
to be an electronic brake force distribution
system.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS
warning light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated at the same time is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly in
an emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
qCharging System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-41
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page192
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (192,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CAUTION
qAir Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner
System Warning Light
Don't continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated because the engine could
stop unexpectedly.
qCheck Engine Light
If the air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
is working properly, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
If this light comes on while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light came on and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The check engine light may come on in
the following cases:
l
The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
l
The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l
The emission control system has a
problem.
l
The fuel-filler cap is missing or not
tightened securely.
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
5-42
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If either of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page193
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (193,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qLow Fuel Warning Light
Belt minder
NOTE
Low fuel
warning light
This warning light signals that the fuel
tank will soon be empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep
The belt minder can be deactivated.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate and restore the seat belt
minder.
Driver seated/Passenger not seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
Condition
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
Conditions of operation
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
5-43
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page194
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (194,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Driver seated/Passenger seated
The seat belt warning light/beep reminds
the passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Indicator
Beep
This warning light comes on when any
door isn't securely closed.
qAutomatic Transmission Warning
Light
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The light illuminates when the
transmission has a problem.
NOTE
l
l
To allow the passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not
place and sit on an additional seat
cushion on the passenger seat. The
sensor may not function properly
because the additional seat cushion
could cause sensor interference.
Placing packages, luggage, pets or
other items on the passenger seat
may cause the passenger belt minder
warning light and beep to operate
depending on the weight of the item.
5-44
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
CAUTION
If the automatic transmission warning
light illuminates, the transmission has
an electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
transmission. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page195
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (195,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) Warning Light í
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
when tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires, and flashes when there is a
system malfunction.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to drive
the vehicle at high speeds, or perform
sudden maneuvering or braking.
Vehicle drivability could worsen and
result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and the
system monitored again, an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning
Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious situation
that could lead to tire failure and a
dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-45
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page196
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (196,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
NOTE
l
After adjusting the tire air pressures,
it may require some time for the
TPMS warning light to go out. If the
TPMS warning light remains
illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph)
for 10 minutes, and then verify that it
goes out.
l
Tires can loose a little air quite
naturally over time and the TPMS
cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat.
However, when you find one low tire
in a set of four - that is an indication
of trouble; you should have someone
drive the vehicle slowly forward so
you can inspect any low tire for cuts
and any metal sticking through tread
or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to
be addressed by more than simply
refilling the trouble tire as leaks are
dangerous - take it to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer which has all the
equipment to fix tires, TPMS
systems and order the best
replacement tire for your vehicle.
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
NOTE
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment
when the tires are cold. Tire pressure
will vary according to the tire
temperature, therefore let the vehicle
stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1.6
km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold
inflation pressure, the TPMS
warning light/beep may turn on after
the tires cool and pressure drops
below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning
light, resulting from the tire air
pressure dropping due to cold
ambient temperature, may go out if
the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to
adjust the tire air pressures. If the
TPMS warning light illuminates due
to a drop in tire air pressure, make
sure to check and adjust the tire air
pressures.
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-46
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page197
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (197,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qFlat Tire Warning Light í
l
If any malfunction occurs in the
advanced keyless system, it illuminates
continuously.
WARNING
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
If the tire pressures decrease extremely
after the TPMS warning light has
illuminated, or if a tire is punctured, the
flat tire warning light also illuminates, and
a beep sound will be heard for
approximately 30 seconds.
Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires on
page 7-3.
qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY
Indicator Light (Green) (with
Advanced Key)
Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY
warning light illuminated:
If the KEY warning light remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
using the advanced key system. Park
the vehicle in a safe place and use the
auxiliary key to continue driving the
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon
as possible.
When flashing
l
Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) flashes to
inform the driver that the start knob
will not rotate to the ACC position
even if it is pushed in from the LOCK
position.
l
l
l
l
This indicator has two colors.
The advanced key battery is dead.
The advanced key is not within
operational range.
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
KEY Warning Light (Red)
When illuminated
l
When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, it illuminates
momentarily and then goes out.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-47
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page198
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (198,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
l
Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) will flash
continuously when the start knob has
not been returned to the LOCK
position to notify the driver that the
advanced key has been removed from
the vehicle. It will stop flashing when
the advanced key is back inside the
vehicle.
l
l
The start knob has not been returned
to the LOCK position, the driver's
door is open, and the advanced key
is removed from the vehicle.
The start knob has not been returned
to the LOCK position and all the
doors are closed after removing the
advanced key from the vehicle.
NOTE
The flashing KEY warning light (red)
and the beep sound operate
simultaneously (page 3-21).
KEY Indicator Light (Green)
When illuminated
When the start knob is pushed in from the
LOCK position, the system confirms that
the correct advanced key is inside the
vehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)
illuminates, and the start knob can be
turned to the ACC position (page 3-10).
When flashing
When the advanced key battery power is
low, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30
seconds after the start knob is turned from
the ON position to the ACC or LOCK
position. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable (page 3-6).
5-48
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the
KEY indicator light (green) does not
flash even if the battery power is low.
Refer to Setting Change (Function
Customization)(page 3-20).
qSecurity Indicator Light
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
from the ON to the ACC position and the
immobilizer system is armed.
The light stops flashing when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes out.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page199
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (199,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
Gear position indicator
When the shift lever is in the D or M
position, the numeral for the selected gear
displays.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light í
This light indicates one of two things:
l
The high-beam headlights are on.
l
The turn signal lever is in the flash-topass position.
qShift Position Indicator Light
(Automatic Transmission)
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qDSC OFF Indicator Light í
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-26).
Gear position indicator
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-49
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page200
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (200,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In
this case, the DSC OFF indicator light
flashes and the TCS/DSC indicator light
illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the
following procedure with the battery
connected.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and
the cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,
then turn it counterclockwise fully.
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator
goes off.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position, then turn it to the ON
position again.
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator
light goes off.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the
DSC OFF indicator light remain
illuminated even after turning the
ignition switch to the ON position,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green) í
The indicator light has two colors.
5-50
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
When operating the turn signal lights, the
left or right turn signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn signal light
is operating (page 5-54).
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-57).
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated
(does not flash) or if it flashes
abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs
may be burned out.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page201
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (201,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Beep Sounds
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and
the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep sound
will be heard for a specified period of
time.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on
page 5-43.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep í
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds if the tire pressures
decrease.
If the tire pressure decreases extremely, a
beep sound will be heard for
approximately 30 seconds.
Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System
on page 5-27.
qAdvanced Keyless Warning (with
Advanced Key)
Warning indicators for the advanced key,
such as “the advanced key removed from
vehicle warning”, use a beep sound and
warning/indicator lights in the instrument
cluster.
Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on
page 3-18.
NOTE
When the advanced keyless function is
used and the start knob is in the ACC
position, the “Start Knob Not in LOCK
Warning Beep” (page 3-18) overrides
the lights-on reminder.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
5-51
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page202
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (202,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Lighting Control
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
qHeadlights
NOTE
To turn on the lights, turn the headlight
switch on the end of the control lever.
Switch Position
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
Dashboard
illumination
Off
Off
On
Off
On
On
To prevent discharging the battery, don't
leave the lights on while the engine is
off unless safety requires them.
í
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights
have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a
bright white beam over a wide area.
5-52
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
NOTE
Xenon fusion headlight bulbs
If the headlights flicker, or the
brightness weakens, the bulb-life may
be depleted and a replacement is
necessary. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
When the advanced keyless function is
used and the start knob is in the ACC
position, the “Start Knob Not in LOCK
Warning Beep” (page 3-18) overrides
the lights-on reminder.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page203
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (203,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)
Push the lever forward for high beam.
Pull back to original position for low
beam.
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
High beam
Low beam
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
NOTE
The Daytime Running Lights turn off
when the parking brake is applied.
qFlashing the Headlights
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
toward you. The headlight switch does
not need to be on, and the lever will return
to the normal position when released.
5-53
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page204
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (204,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
qTurn Signal
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
Fog Lights í
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the
fog light switch to the
position.
The headlight switch must be in the
position to turn on the front fog lights.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
Right turn
Right lane
change
Fog light switch
OFF
Left lane
change
To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
headlight switch to the or OFF
position.
Left turn
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out.
5-54
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page205
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (205,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the windshield,
affect your visibility, and could result
in an accident.
Do not use the washer without first
warming the windshield and never use
plain tap water:
Using windshield washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection in freezing
temperatures is dangerous. The
washer fluid could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision. You
could have an accident.
NOTE
Because heavy ice and snow can jam
the wiper blades, the wiper motor is
protected from motor breakdown,
overheating and possible fire by a
circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the
blades, but only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper
switch and park off the right-of-way,
and remove the snow and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and
the blades should operate normally. If
they don't resume functioning, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. Drive to the side of the road
and park off the right-of-way. Wait until
the weather clears before trying to drive
with the wipers inoperative.
qWindshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
MIST ― Mist
INT ― Intermittent
1 ― Low speed
2 ― High speed
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever
up to MIST.
5-55
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page206
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (206,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qWindshield Washer
Rear Window Defroster
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
OFF
Washer
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster, the indicator light will
illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn it off.
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT
position, the wipers will operate
continuously until the lever is released.
Indicator light
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-27). If it's OK, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don't use sharp instruments or window
cleaners with abrasives to clean the
inside of the rear window surface. They
may damage the defroster grid inside
the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for
melting snow. If there is an
accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the
defroster.
5-56
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page207
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (207,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Horn
To sound the horn, press the
the steering wheel.
Hazard Warning Flasher
mark on
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
The turn signals don't work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use
of hazard warning lights while the
vehicle is being towed. They may
forbid it.
5-57
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page208
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
5-58
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (208,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page209
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
6
Black plate (209,1)
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
Climate Control System ...............................................................
Operating Tips ...........................................................................
Vent Operation ..........................................................................
Control Panel í .........................................................................
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-5
Audio System ...............................................................................
Antenna ...................................................................................
Operating Tips for Audio System ...........................................
Audio Set ................................................................................
Audio Control Switch Operation (Steering Wheel) í .............
Safety Certification .................................................................
6-10
6-10
6-10
6-21
6-40
6-42
Interior Equipment .....................................................................
Sunvisors .................................................................................
Interior Lights .........................................................................
Cup Holder ..............................................................................
Bottle Holder ...........................................................................
Storage Compartments ............................................................
Accessory Socket ....................................................................
Windblocker ............................................................................
6-43
6-43
6-43
6-44
6-45
6-45
6-47
6-48
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
6-1
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page210
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (210,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Operating Tips
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the fan control
dial on for a long period of time with
the ignition switch in the ACC position
when the engine is not running.
qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow
and ice from the hood and the air inlet in
the cowl grille to improve the system
efficiency.
qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
NOTE
The air conditioner may be used along
with the heater to dehumidify the air.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
6-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qParking in Direct Sunlight
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page211
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (211,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation
Button
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
You can direct air flow by rotating the vent.
Opening/closing vents
The two outside vents can be opened and closed with center button.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of
trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page212
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (212,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents (OPEN MODE)
Dashboard Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents (OPEN MODE)
Floor Vents
Floor Vents (OPEN MODE)
Defroster and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
You will feel more comfortable by using
the OPEN MODE when opening the roof.
6-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page213
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (213,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Control Panel í
Mode selector dial
Temperature control dial
Fan control dial
Air intake selector
A/C switch
qControl Switches
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
Slow
Cold
Fast
Hot
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
Turn the dial to adjust to the desired fan
speed.
Turning the dial clockwise increases the
fan speed.
Turning the dial counterclockwise
decreases the fan speed.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
6-5
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page214
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (214,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Mode selector dial
Air intake selector
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 6-4).
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
NOTE
Turn the mode selector dial to an OPEN
MODE position for maximum comfort
while the roof is open.
A/C switch
Press the
switch to alternate
between the outside air and recirculated
air modes.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air mode.
Outside air mode (Indicator light is off)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this mode for normal ventilation and
heating.
Push the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan
control dial is on.
Push the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function
when the outside temperature
approaches 0 °C (32 °F).
6-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Recirculated air mode (Indicator light
is on)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
This mode can be used when driving on a
dusty road or in similar conditions. It also
helps to provide quicker cooling of the
interior.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page215
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (215,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
WARNING
Do not use the recirculated air mode
in cold or rainy weather:
Using the recirculated air mode in
cold or rainy weather is dangerous as
it will cause the windows to fog up.
Your vision will be hampered, which
could lead to a serious accident.
qHeating
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
l
If the windshield fogs up easily, set
the mode selector dial to the
position.
l
If cooler air is desired at face level,
set the mode selector dial at the
position and adjust the temperature
control dial to maintain maximum
comfort.
l
The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
l
In the ,
, or position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned
on (however, the indicator light does
not illuminate) and the outside air
mode is automatically selected to
defrost the windshield.
or position, the outside
In the
air mode cannot be changed to the
recirculated air mode.
or
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
qCooling (With Air Conditioner) í
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
or
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
6-7
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page216
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (216,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging
CAUTION
When using the air conditioner while
driving up long hills or in heavy traffic,
closely monitor the temperature gauge
(page 5-35).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the gauge indicates
overheating, turn the air conditioner off
(page 7-19).
NOTE
l
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control dial to the
extreme cold position and set the air
intake selector to the recirculated air
mode, then turn the fan control dial
fully clockwise.
l
If warmer air is desired at floor level,
set the mode selector dial at the
or
position and adjust the
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
l
The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
qVentilation
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
or
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air mode.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
6-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
WARNING
Do not defog the windshield using the
position with the temperature
control set to the cold position:
position with the
Using the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog up.
Your vision will be hampered, which
could lead to a serious accident. Set
the temperature control to the hot or
warm position when using the
position.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page217
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (217,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
l
For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control dial to the
extreme hot position and turn the fan
control dial fully clockwise.
l
If warm air is desired at the floor, set
the mode selector dial to the
position.
l
In the ,
, or position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned
on (however, the indicator light does
not illuminate) and the outside air
mode is automatically selected to
defrost the windshield.
or position, the outside
In the
air mode cannot be changed to the
recirculated air mode.
NOTE
One of the functions of the air
conditioner is dehumidifying the air
and, to use this function, the
temperature does not have to be set to
cold. Therefore, set the temperature
control dial to the desired position (hot
or cold) and turn on the air conditioner
when you want to dehumidify the cabin
air.
qDehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner) í
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air mode.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
6-9
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page218
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (218,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
Operating Tips for Audio
System
qDetachable Type
To remove the antenna, turn it
counterclockwise.
To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
Make sure the antenna is securely
installed.
Install
Remove
WARNING
Do not adjust the audio control
switches while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the vehicle
operation which could lead to a
serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn
to use the switches without looking
down at them so that you can keep
your maximum attention on the road
while driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the antenna,
remove it before entering a car wash
facility or passing beneath a low
overhead clearance.
For the purposes of safe driving, adjust
the audio volume to a level that allows
you to hear sounds outside of the
vehicle.
NOTE
NOTE
When leaving your vehicle unattended,
we recommend that you remove the
antenna and store it inside the vehicle.
6-10
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
l
Do not use the audio for long periods
of time while the engine is off.
Otherwise the battery could go dead.
l
If a cellular phone or CB radio is
used in or near the vehicle, it could
cause noise to occur from the audio
system, however, this does not
indicate that the system has been
damaged.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page219
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (219,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
Ionosphere
FM wave
AM wave
Ionosphere
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Station 1
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
6-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page220
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (220,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
6-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 1
88.1 MHz
Station 2
88.3 MHz
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page221
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (221,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating Tips for CD Player/InDash CD Changer
l
The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
l
Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in
a malfunction.
l
If the memory portion of the CD is
transparent or translucent, do not use
the disc.
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player/In-dash CD changer may
become clouded with condensation. At
this time, the CD will eject immediately
when placed in the unit. A clouded CD
can be corrected simply by wiping it with
a soft cloth. Clouded optical components
will clear naturally in about an hour. Wait
for normal operation to return before
attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
l
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
Transparent
6-13
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page222
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (222,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/In-dash CD changer will not
play the CD. In addition, the disc may
not eject resulting in a malfunction.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.
CD Player
In-dash CD changer
l
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
l
When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
l
The CD player/In-dash CD changer has
been designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown. No other
discs can be played.
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label). The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
l
Use discs that have been legitimately
produced. If illegally-copied discs such
as pirated discs are used, the system
may not operate properly.
l
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
6-14
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page223
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (223,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
Insert discs one by one. If two discs are
inserted at the same time, the system
may not operate properly.
CD TEXT textual information cannot
be displayed by audio units other than
the In-dash CD changer. (Only
playback is possible.)
The following player can play MP3
files recorded in CD-ROM, CD-R, and
CD-RW.
Handling the In-dash CD changer
l
This unit may not be able to play
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a
computer or music CD recorder due to
disc characteristics, scratches,
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or
condensation on the lens inside the
unit.
l
Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to
direct sunlight or high temperature may
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make
them unplayable.
l
CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB
cannot be played.
l
This unit may not be able to play
certain discs made using a computer
due to the application (writing
software) setting used. (For details,
consult the store where the application
was purchased.)
l
It is possible that certain text data, such
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW
may not be displayed when musical
data (CD-DA) is playing.
l
The period from when a CD-RW is
inserted to when it begins playing is
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.
l
Completely read the instruction manual
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.
l
Do not use discs with cellophane tape
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or
adhesive material exuding from the
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use
discs with a commercially-available
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
· In-dash CD changer
l
l
The CD player/In-dash CD changer
ejects the CD if the CD is inserted
upside down. Also dirty and/or
defective CDs may be ejected.
An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in the
CD player.
The In-dash CD changer is specially
made for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.
An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in the
In-dash CD changer if an 8 cm (3 in)
CD adapter is used.
If an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is not
used, the In-dash CD changer may be
damaged. Always use a CD adapter.
l
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/In-dash CD changer.
l
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
seal affixed to it.
6-15
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page224
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (224,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating tips for MP3
l
This unit can play MP3 files that have
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure
enjoyment of music with consistent
sound quality, it is recommended to use
discs that have been recorded at a bit
rate of 128 kbps or more.
l
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
l
Packet written discs cannot be played
on this unit.
l
This unit does not play CDs recorded
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a
license for private, non-commercial use
and does not convey a license nor imply
any right to use this product in any
commercial (i.e. revenue-generating)
real time broadcasting (terrestrial,
satellite, cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in
other electronic content distribution
systems, such as pay-audio or audio-ondemand applications. An independent
license for such use is required. For
details, please visit http://
www.mp3licensing.com.
l
This audio system handles MP3 files
that have been recorded on CD-R/CDRW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been
recorded using the following formats
can be played:
l
l
l
l
ISO 9660 level 1
ISO 9660 level 2
Joliet extended format
Romeo extended format
l
This unit handles MP3 files
conforming to the MP3 format
containing both header frames and data
frames.
l
This unit can play multi-session
recorded discs that have up to 99
sessions.
l
This unit can play MP3s with sampling
frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48
kHz.
6-16
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page225
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (225,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
About folders and files
l
The order of hierarchy for MP3 files
and folders during playback or other
functions is from shallow to deep. The
arrangement and playing order of a
recorded disc containing MP3 files is
as follows:
l
l
File number
A numerical file number is assigned
to each file in a folder in the order of
hierarchy from shallow to deep.
Folder number
A numerical folder number is
assigned to each folder in the order
of hierarchy from shallow to deep.
Folder
No.
01
02
04
3
l
MP3 files not conforming to the MP3
format containing both header frames
and data frames will be skipped and
not played.
l
This unit will play MP3 files that have
up to eight levels. However, the more
levels a disc has, the longer it will take
to initially start playing. It is
recommended to record discs with two
levels or less.
l
A single disc with up to 999 files can
be played and a single folder with up to
255 files can be played.
l
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
l
The maximum number of characters
that can be used for file names is as
follows. However, this unit will only
display up to 30 characters, including
the file extension (.mp3).
03
2
05
4
06
5
1
ISO9660 level 1
ISO9660 level 2
Joliet extended
format
Romeo extended
format
Maximum number of
characters in a file name
(including a separator “.”
and the three letters of the
file extension)
12*
31*
64
128
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and
underbar “_” are available.
Level1 Level2 Level3 Level4
l
The folder order is automatically
assigned and this order cannot be
optionally set.
l
Any folder without an MP3 file will be
ignored. (It will be skipped and the
folder number will not be displayed.)
6-17
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page226
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (226,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CAUTION
This unit can only play MP3 files that
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file
extension to any other type file as it
could cause noise to be emitted or a
malfunction in the unit.
About ID3 Tag display
l
This unit can only display ID3 Tag
album, track and artist names that have
been input using Ver1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3
formats. Any other data that may have
been input cannot be displayed.
l
This unit can only display English
(including numerals) one-byte
characters. Use only English (including
numerals) one-byte characters when
inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters
and some special symbols cannot be
displayed.
Specialized glossary
MP3
Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.
A technical standard for audio
compression as decided by an ISO
(International Organization for
Standardization) MPEG working group.
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
ISO 9660
An international standard for logical
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.
It is divided into three separate levels
based on differences in file naming
procedures, data configuration and other
characteristics.
6-18
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Multi-session
A session is the complete amount of data
recorded from the beginning to the end of
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CDRW data recording. Multi-session refers to
the existence of data from two or more
sessions on a single disc.
Sampling
Refers to the process of encoding analog
audio data at regular intervals and
converting it to digital data. The sampling
rate refers to the number of times a
sample is taken in one second and is
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the
sampling rate improves the sound quality
but also increases the data size.
Bit rate
Refers to the volume of data per second,
expressed in bps (bits per second).
Generally, the larger the number of the
transfer bit rate when compressing an
MP3 file, the more information regarding
musical reproduction it carries, and
therefore the better the sound quality.
Packet writing
A general term for the method, similar to
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,
of recording the required file in a single
increment on a CD-R and similar.
ID3 Tag
ID3 tag is a method for storing
information related to the music in an
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist
and album name can be stored. This
content can be freely edited using ID3
editing function software.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page227
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (227,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
VBR
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio
compression according to compression
conditions and this allows for
compression with preference given to
sound quality.
6-19
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page228
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
MEMO
6-20
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (228,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page229
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (229,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set
CD Player
In-Dash CD Changer
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-22
Clock ...................................................................................................................... page 6-26
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-28
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-32
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-34
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-39
6-21
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page230
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (230,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume dial
Power ON/OFF
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
Audio control dial
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
Audio sound adjustment
1. Press the audio control dial to select the
function. The selected function will be
indicated.
Standard audioequipped model
*2
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio
system on for a long period of time
when the engine is not running.
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
6-22
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
*1
*2
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page231
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (231,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
BOSE Sound System-equipped model
BOSE Sound
Systemequipped model
*2
Indication
OFF
*1 If your vehicle is not equipped with
rear speakers, adjust the power/
volume dial so the level is even.
*2 Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
Standard audio-equipped model
Turn Left Turn Right
Select mode
Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
OFF
ON
ON
Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
*2
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
OFF
ON
NOTE
About 5 seconds after selecting any
mode, the volume function will be
automatically selected. To reset bass,
treble, fade, and balance, press the
audio control dial for 2 seconds. The
unit will beep and “CLEAR” will be
displayed.
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
(Standard audio-equipped model)
The automatic level control is a feature
that automatically adjusts audio volume
and sound quality according to the vehicle
speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.
6-23
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page232
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (232,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
The following seven modes are available.
Select the desired mode according to use.
Mode
Use
Volume
change
ALC does
No change
not operate.
Use when Minimum
the roof is
closed.
Medium
Three levels
are
available. Maximum
Use when Minimum
the roof is
open.
Medium
Three levels
are
available. Maximum
Turn the audio control dial to select the
desired mode. The selected mode will be
indicated.
6-24
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
*
AudioPilot (BOSE Sound Systemequipped model)
AudioPilot automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality in accordance
with the level of noise entering the vehicle
interior while driving. When AudioPilot is
turned ON, the system automatically
calculates the conditions for optimum
hearing of sound which may be difficult
to hear depending on exterior noise.
* AudioPilot is a registered trademark of
BOSE Corporation.
BEEP setting
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page233
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (233,1)
MEMO
6-25
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page234
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (234,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qClock
Display
Clock/Display switch
12/24-hour clock time switch
Hour/Minute set switch
Setting the time
The clock can be set at any time when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
1. To adjust the time, pull up the clock/
display switch for about 2 seconds until
a beep is heard.
The clock's current time will flash.
NOTE
To select 12-hour clock time, pull up
the 12/24-hour clock time switch while
the clock display is flashing. To select
24-hour clock time, press down the
12/24-hour clock time switch while the
clock display is flashing. After selecting
the desired display, press the audio
control dial to return to the flashing
clock display.
6-26
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
2. To advance the hours, pull up the hour/
minute set switch. To advance the
minutes, press down the hour/minute
set switch while the time is flashing.
3. Pull up the clock/display switch again
to start the clock.
Exact hour adjustment
1. To set the exact hour, pull up the clock/
display switch for about 2 seconds until
a beep is heard.
The clock's current time will flash.
2. Pull up the clock/display switch again
and the time will be adjusted as
follows:
(Example)
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page235
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (235,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
l
When the clock/display switch is
released, the seconds are reset to
“00”.
l
If the power supply to the unit is
interrupted (if the fuse blows or the
vehicle's battery is disconnected), the
clock will need to be reset.
6-27
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page236
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (236,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Band selector button
Satellite button
Electric serial number switch
Display
Manual tuning dial
Scan/Auto memory switch
Seek tuning/APC switch
Channel preset switches
Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.
Tuning
) to
Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
) switches the bands as
button (
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
NOTE
Manual tuning
If the FM broadcast signal becomes
weak, reception automatically changes
from STEREO to MONO for reduced
noise, and the “ST” indicator will go
out.
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
6-28
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page237
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (237,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Seek tuning
Pulling up or pressing down the seek
tuning/APC switch will cause the tuner to
seek a higher or lower frequency
automatically.
NOTE
If you continue to, pull up or press
down and hold the seek tuning/APC
switch the frequency will continue
changing without stopping.
Scan tuning
Pull up the scan/auto memory switch to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, pull up the
scan/auto memory switch again during
this interval.
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard. The preset channel number and
station frequency will be displayed.
The station is now held in the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
Press down and hold the scan/auto
memory switch for about 2 seconds until a
beep sound is heard; the system will
automatically scan and temporarily store
up to 6 stations with the strongest
frequencies in each selected band in that
area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
Press down and release the scan/auto
memory switch to recall stations from the
auto-stored stations. One stored station
will be selected each time; its frequency
and channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after
scanning operations, “A” will be
displayed.
6-29
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page238
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
SATELLITE RADIO (SAT)
Vehicles equipped with the separately
purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio
unit have the ability to receive up to 100
channels of digital quality programming
coast to coast via satellite. For information
on use, read the Satellite Radio Kit
manual accompanying the SIRIUS digital
satellite radio unit. A subscription to
SIRIUS digital satellite radio service is
required (available in the U.S. - Except
Alaska and Hawaii) to enable this feature
once the separately purchased SIRIUS
digital satellite radio unit has been
installed. For subscription information or
digital satellite radio technical issues
contact SIRIUS directly at:
- Web: www.siriusradio.com
- Phone (24 hrs/day, 7 days/week): 888539-SIRI (7474)
- E-mail: customercare@sirius-radio.com
- Mailing Address: Sirius Satellite Radio
1221 Avenue Of The Americas
New York, NY 10020
Attention: Customer Care
Include your Sirius Radio ESN
(Electronic Serial Number) when
subscribing or requesting technical
assistance. See the Satellite Radio Kit
manual accompanying the SIRIUS unit
for complete satellite radio activation
procedures and information on how to
display the ESN#.
6-30
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (238,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page239
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (239,1)
MEMO
6-31
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page240
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (240,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player í
Display
Load button
CD play button
CD slot
Random button
Track up/down switch
Repeat button
CD eject button
Fast-forward/Reverse switch
Scan/Auto memory switch
Inserting the CD
Ejecting the CD
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play. There will be a short
lapse before play begins while the player
reads the digital signals on the CD.
Press the CD eject button (
CD.
Playing
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
NOTE
When the load button (
) is pressed,
the CD will load and play even if the
CD eject button ( ) had been
previously pressed.
6-32
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
) to eject the
Fast-forward/Reverse
Pull up and hold the fast-forward/reverse
switch to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press down and hold the fast-forward/
reverse switch to reverse through a track
at high speed.
Track search
Pull up the track up/down switch once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press down the track up/down switch
once to skip back to the beginning of the
current track.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page241
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (241,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Pull up the scan/auto memory switch
during play to start scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Pull up the scan/auto memory switch once
again to cancel scan play.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
(“RPT” will be displayed).
) once again
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
Random play
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected (“RDM” will be displayed).
) once
Press the random button (
again to cancel random play.
6-33
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page242
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (242,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer í
Load button
Disc down button
CD slot
Display
Disc up button
Clock/Display switch
Track up/down switch
Type
Music CD/MP3 CD
player
Repeat button
Random button
Fast-forward/Reverse switch
Scan/Auto memory switch
Playable data
· Music data (CD-DA)
NOTE
· MP3 file
The CD will begin playback
automatically after insertion.
A CD cannot be inserted while the
display reads “WAIT”. A beeping
sound can be heard during this waiting
time. Simultaneously pressing the
power/volume dial and the load button
) for about 2 seconds will turn
(
this beeping sound ON or OFF.
NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the disc
was recorded.
Inserting the CD
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play. There will
be a short lapse before play begins while
the player reads the digital signals on the
CD.
The disc number and the track number
will be displayed.
6-34
Channel preset buttons
CD eject button
CD play button
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Normal insertion
1. Press the load button (
).
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page243
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (243,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
Ejecting the CD
)
1. Press and hold the load button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
Normal ejection
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired tray number while “WAIT” is
displayed.
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the
desired tray number if the number is
already occupied.
Multiple insertion
)
1. Press and hold the load button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
3. When “IN” is displayed again, insert
the next CD.
NOTE
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
l
No other CD is inserted within 15
seconds after “IN” is displayed.
l
The CD trays are full.
Displaying the CD-inserted tray
number
When you want to know the number for a
CD-inserted tray, press down the clock/
display switch. The tray number will be
displayed for 5 seconds.
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The
disc number and “DISC” “OUT” will
be displayed.
2. Pull out the CD.
NOTE
When the CD is ejected during play, the
next CD will be played automatically.
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC” “OUT” display flashes.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired CD number for less than 5
seconds after the beep sound is heard.
3. Pull out the CD.
Multiple ejection
1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC” “OUT” display flashes.
2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again
for less than 5 seconds after the beep
sound is heard.
NOTE
If the button is not pressed and about 5
seconds have elapsed while “DISC”
“OUT” is flashing, CDs are
automatically ejected.
3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
6-35
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page244
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (244,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
CDs will be ejected starting with the
one with the lowest number.
During MP3 CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
or
) for 1.5 seconds or
(
more during playback.
l
All CDs in the tray will be ejected
continuously.
Folder search (during MP3 CD
playback)
l
CDs can be ejected when the ignition
switch is off. Press and hold the CD
eject button ( ) for about 2 seconds
and all CDs will eject.
To change to the previous folder, press the
) for less than
folder down button (
1.5 seconds, or press the folder up button
) for less than 1.5 seconds to
(
advance to the next folder.
NOTE
Playing
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Pull up and hold the fast-forward/reverse
switch to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press down and hold the fast-forward/
reverse switch to reverse through a track
at high speed.
Track search
Pull up the track up/down switch once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press down the track up/down switch
once to skip back to the beginning of the
current track.
Disc search
During music CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
or
) during playback.
(
6-36
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Pull up the scan/auto memory switch
during play to start scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Pull up the scan/auto memory switch once
again to cancel scan play.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
During music CD playback
) during
1. Press the repeat button (
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat play.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page245
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (245,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
During MP3 CD playback
(CD random)
(Track repeat)
) during
1. Press the random button (
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the CD randomly. “RDM” is
displayed.
) during
1. Press the repeat button (
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.
2. To cancel the repeat play, press the
button again after 3 seconds.
(Folder repeat)
) during
1. Press the repeat button (
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“RPT” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat play.
Random play
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random play.
Switching the display
Each time the display button (
) is
pressed during playback, the display will
switch in the following order.
Music CD
Track number/Elapsed
time display
Disc tray number
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
During music CD playback
) during
1. Press the random button (
playback to play the tracks in the CD
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
File name display
Album name display
Artist name display
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random play.
During MP3 CD playback
(Folder random)
) during
1. Press the random button (
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
2. To cancel the random play, press the
button again after 3 seconds.
6-37
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page246
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (246,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
MP3 CD
Disc number/File
number/Elapsed
time display
Disc tray number
Folder number/Track
number
File name
Folder name
Display scroll
Only 12 characters can be displayed at
one time. To display the rest of the
characters of a long title, turn the display
) to the right. Hidden
feed dial (
titles can be scrolled into the display one
character at a time.
NOTE
The displayable number of characters is
limited. If the number of characters,
including the file extension (.mp3),
exceeds 32 characters, it may not be
fully displayed.
Album name (ID3 Tag)
Message display
Song name (ID3 Tag)
Artist name (ID3 Tag)
NOTE
(MP3 CD)
l
l
“NO TITLE” will be displayed when
the display is switched for a file
without a file, track or other name
input.
This unit can only read English
(including numerals) one-byte
characters. If any other character is
included, “NO TITLE” will be
displayed. Depending on the CD
writing software used, proper display
may not be possible.
6-38
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
for damage, dirt, or smudges on the CD,
and then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page247
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (247,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause
CD is inserted upside down
CHECK CD
CD is defective
Solution
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
6-39
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page248
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (248,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Control Switch
Operation (Steering Wheel) í
When the audio unit is turned on,
operation of the audio unit from the
steering wheel is possible.
qAdjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, pull up the
volume switch.
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch.
NOTE
Because the audio unit will be turned
off under the following conditions, the
switches will be inoperable.
l
When the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK position.
l
When the power button on the audio
unit is pressed and the audio unit is
turned off.
l
When all CDs are ejected.
qChanging the Source
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>
AM radio> CD player or CD changer>
SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3>
cyclical).
6-40
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page249
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (249,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
CD, CD changer, and SIRIUS digital
satellite radio modes cannot be selected
in the following cases:
l
SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is
not equipped on the audio system.
l
CD has not been inserted.
qSeek Switch
qMute Switch
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
NOTE
l
The mute will be canceled in the
following cases:
l
The ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
l
The power/volume dial is turned to
ON.
l
The mode switch is pressed to
change to another source.
l
The volume switch is operated.
When listening to the radio
Pull up or press down the seek switch, the
radio switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
Pull up or press down the seek switch for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard to seek all usable stations at a
higher or lower frequency whether
programmed or not.
When playing a CD
Pull up the seek switch to skip to the next
track.
Press down the seek switch to repeat the
current track.
6-41
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page250
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (250,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
l
This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service
personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD player
with the top case of the unit removed.
l
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation.
6-42
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page251
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (251,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front.
qVanity Mirrors
Interior Lights
qOverhead Light
Switch
Position
Overhead Light
Light off
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
Light on when any door is open
Light on
qTrunk Light
Switch
Position
Trunk Light
Light off
Light on when the trunk is open
6-43
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page252
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (252,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Cup Holder
To open the cup holder lid, push the
button and slide it open.
WARNING
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.
Button
Do not put anything other than cups
or drink cans in cup holders:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, keep cup
holders closed when not in use.
6-44
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page253
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (253,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
doors.
Storage Compartments
WARNING
Keep storage boxes closed when
driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open is
dangerous. To reduce the possibility of
injury in an accident or a sudden stop,
keep the storage boxes closed when
driving.
CAUTION
Bottle holder
CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The contents
may spill when the door is opened or
closed.
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in
the storage boxes while parked under
the sun. A lighter could explode or the
plastic material in eyeglasses could
deform and crack from high
temperature.
qGlove Box
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you.
Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn it
clockwise to lock, counterclockwise to
unlock.
* Advanced key equipped vehicle
Unlock
Lock
6-45
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page254
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (254,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qSeat Side Box
To open, pull the release catch.
Insert the key and turn it clockwise to
lock, counterclockwise to unlock.
Unlock
Lock
3. If your vehicle has a lid, pull the latch
to open.
When finished, return the seat to its
original position and secure it. After
returning the seat to its original position,
make sure the seat is secured by
attempting to lightly move it forward and
backward.
CAUTION
Do not store excessive weight in the
back trim storage box as it could be
damaged.
qBack Trim Storage Box
í
Small items can be stored in the back trim
storage box.
With the lid
Without the lid
To use the back trim storage box
1. To use the desired storage box, slide
the seat in front of it all the way
forward.
Refer to Seat Slide on page 2-2.
2. Fold the seatback forward all the way
down.
Refer to Seat Recline on page 2-3.
6-46
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qMesh Pocket (Passenger Side) í
Maps or pamphlets can be placed in the
mesh pocket.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page255
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Black plate (255,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Accessory Socket
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery,
do not use the socket for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
CAUTION
To prevent accessory socket damage or
electrical failure, pay attention to the
following:
l
Do not use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
l
Do not use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
l
Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
getting into the accessory socket.
l
Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
6-47
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page256
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Windblocker
This windblocker reduces rear wind blast
into the cabin when driving with the
convertible top down.
To use the windblocker, lift it upright.
6-48
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (256,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page257
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
7
Black plate (257,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Flat Tire í .................................................................................. 7-3
Tool Storage .............................................................................. 7-5
Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair
Kit í .......................................................................................... 7-6
Changing a Tire ....................................................................... 7-13
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-19
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-19
Emergency Starting ....................................................................
Starting a Flooded Engine .......................................................
Jump-Starting ..........................................................................
Push-Starting ...........................................................................
7-21
7-21
7-22
7-26
Emergency Towing .....................................................................
Towing Description .................................................................
Tiedown Hooks .......................................................................
Recreational Towing ...............................................................
7-27
7-27
7-28
7-30
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
7-1
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page258
Monday, June 12 2006 12:57 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
The turn signals don't work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use
of hazard warning lights while the
vehicle is being towed. They may
forbid it.
7-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (258,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page259
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (259,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Flat Tire í
Either run-flat tires or conventional tires
are equipped on your Mazda depending
on the specification, therefore the
procedure for repairing a flat tire differs
depending on the type of tire. Before
driving, make sure which type of tire is
equipped on your Mazda. If you cannot
identify your tire type, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qHow to identify your tire type
Run-flat tire
A run-flat tire has a “RFT” mark on the
side wall.
qVehicle with run-flat tires
WARNING
Have the tires checked or perform the
appropriate repair as soon as possible
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer:
When the flat tire warning light
illuminates or the tire pressure
warning beep sound is heard, it is
dangerous to drive the vehicle at high
speeds, or perform sudden
maneuvering or braking. Vehicle
drivability could worsen and result in
an accident.
When the flat tire warning light
illuminates or the tire pressure
warning beep sound is heard, decrease
vehicle speed immediately and avoid
sudden maneuvering and braking.
If a run-flat tire is punctured, the FLAT
TIRE warning light illuminates in the
instrument cluster, and a beep sound is
heard for about 30 seconds.
Conventional tire
A conventional tire does not have a
“RFT” mark on the side wall.
NOTE
Until the flat tire is changed, the beep
sound is heard for about 30 seconds
every time the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
7-3
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page260
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (260,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Vehicles with run-flat tires can be driven
even with a punctured tire under the
following conditions.
Maximum vehicle speed with a
punctured run-flat tire: 90 km/h (55
mph)
Maximum driving distance with a
punctured rum-flat tire: 80 km (49
miles)
CAUTION
The maximum driving distance may be
shorter depending on the driving
conditions.
If a run-flat tire is punctured, carefully
drive the vehicle to the nearest Mazda
Dealer and have the tire changed.
NOTE
l
A spare tire or Instant Mobility
System (IMS) emergency flat tire
repair kit is not equipped on vehicles
with run-flat tires as standard.
l
Replacing a punctured run-flat tire
with a new run-flat tire is
recommended.
l
Do not use run-flat tires and
conventional tires on the same
vehicle.
qVehicle with conventional tires
If the following occurs while driving, it
could indicate a flat tire.
l
Steering becomes difficult.
l
The vehicle begins to vibrate
excessively.
7-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
l
The vehicle pulls in one direction. If a
conventional tire is punctured, refer to
“Tool Storage” (page 7-5) and “Instant
Mobility System (IMS) Emergency
Flat Tire Repair Kit” (page 7-6).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page261
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (261,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Tool Storage
Tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Trunk room
Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit
Lug wrench
Jack Lever
Tool bag
Jack
Towing/Tiedown
Glove box
Power retractable hardtop
emergency tool bag
eyebolt
hexagonal
wrench
rope
Some models.
7-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page262
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (262,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qJack
To remove the jack
1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.
Instant Mobility System
(IMS) Emergency Flat
Tire Repair Kit í
The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit
included with your Mazda is for a
temporary repair of a slightly damaged
flat tire resulting from running over nails
or similar sharp objects on the road
surface.
NOTE
2. Turn the wing bolt counterclockwise.
Wing bolt
Jack
To secure the jack
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
7-6
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Your vehicle is not equipped with a
spare tire. In the event of a flat tire, use
the emergency flat tire repair kit to
repair the tire temporarily. When doing
the repair, refer to the instructions
included in the emergency flat tire
repair kit. After temporarily repairing a
tire with the emergency flat tire repair
kit, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the tire replaced.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page263
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (263,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qAbout the IMS Emergency Flat
Tire Repair Kit
The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit
includes the following items.
Tire sealant Injection hose
Compressor
Spare valve
core
Valve core
tool
Repaired tire
sticker
Instruction
Speed restriction
sticker
WARNING
Do not allow children to touch the tire
sealant:
Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous.
In the event tire sealant is accidentally
swallowed, drink large amounts of
water immediately and seek medical
assistance.
Do not allow children to touch the tire
sealant:
Tire sealant that comes into contact
with the eyes and skin is dangerous. If
tire sealant enters the eyes or contacts
the skin, flush immediately with large
amounts of water and seek medical
assistance.
Case
7-7
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page264
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (264,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
l
The tire sealant cannot be reused.
Purchase new tire sealant at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
The emergency flat tire repair kit
cannot be used in the following
cases.
Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
The period of effective use for the
tire sealant has expired. (The
period of effectiveness is
indicated on the bottle label.)
The tear or puncture exceeds
about 4 mm (0.16 in).
The damage has occurred to an
area of the tire other than the
tread.
The vehicle has been driven with
nearly no air remaining in the tire.
The tire has come off the wheel
rim.
Damage to the wheel rim has
occurred.
The tire has two or more
punctures.
qUsing the IMS Emergency Flat
Tire Repair Kit
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in Reverse (R) or 1, and
turn off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
7-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
4. Unload passengers and luggage, and
remove the emergency flat tire repair
kit.
5. Shake the tire sealant well.
CAUTION
If the bottle is shaken after the injection
hose is screwed on, tire sealant could
spray out from the injection hose. Tire
sealant contacting clothing or other
objects may be impossible to remove.
Shake the bottle before screwing on the
injection hose.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page265
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (265,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
CAUTION
The tire sealant can be used at outside
temperatures down to _30°C.
In extremely cold temperatures (0°C
(32°F) or below), the tire sealant
hardens easily and injection of the
sealant will be difficult. Warm the
sealant inside the vehicle before doing
the injection work.
If there is air remaining in the tire when
the valve core is removed, the valve
core could fly out. Remove the valve
core carefully.
8. Turn the valve core counterclockwise
with the valve core tool and remove the
valve core.
6. Remove the cap from the bottle. Screw
on the injection hose with the bottle's
inner cap left on to break the inner cap.
Valve
Valve core
Injection hose
Bottle
NOTE
7. Remove the valve cap from the flat
tire. Press the back of a valve core tool
to the core of the tire valve and bleed
all the remaining air.
Store the valve core in a place where it
won't get dirty.
9. Remove the plug from the injection
hose and insert the injection hose into
the valve.
Valve
Plug
Valve cap
Injection hose
Valve core tool
7-9
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page266
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (266,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
10. Hold the bottom of the bottle upright,
squeeze the bottle with your hands,
and inject the entire amount of tire
sealant into the tire.
Valve
NOTE
Do not throw away the empty tire
sealant bottle after use. Return the
empty tire sealant bottle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer when
replacing the tire. The empty tire sealant
bottle will need to be used to extract
and dispose of the used sealant from the
tire.
13. Attach the vehicle speed restriction
sticker in a place where the driver can
easily see it.
NOTE
The tire sealant cannot be reused.
Purchase a new tire sealant kit at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
11. Pull out the injection hose from the
valve. Reinsert the valve core into the
valve and turn it clockwise to install
it.
12. Attach the sticker that indicates
completion of the tire repair on a flat
outer surface of the repaired tire.
7-10
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
WARNING
Do not attach the vehicle speed
restriction sticker to the instrument
panel, as it would obstruct vision of
areas such as warning light indicators
or the speedometer:
Attaching the vehicle speed restriction
sticker to the steering wheel pad is
dangerous. The sticker could interfere
with air bag inflation and cause
serious injury.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page267
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (267,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
14. Install the compressor hose to the tire
valve.
16. Turn the compressor switch on and
inflate the tire carefully to the correct
inflation pressure.
WARNING
Valve
Compressor hose
15. Insert the compressor plug into the
interior accessory socket and turn the
ignition switch to the ACC position
(page 6-47).
Never operate the compressor above
300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi):
Operating the compressor above 300
kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi) is
dangerous. When the inflation
pressure rises above 300 kPa (3.1
kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi), heated air
will be exhausted from the back of the
compressor and you could be burned.
CAUTION
If the compressor operates slowly or
becomes hot, it indicates overheating.
Turn the compressor off immediately
and leave it turned off for 30 minutes or
longer.
Compressor plug
Compressor
Center console
CAUTION
l
Before pulling out the compressor
plug from the electrical socket, make
sure the compressor power switch is
off.
l
The compressor turns on and off
with the push-button switch.
7-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page268
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (268,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
l
Check the tire inflation pressure label
(driver's door frame) for the correct
tire inflation pressure.
l
Do not use the compressor for longer
than 10 minutes because using the
compressor for long periods could
damage it.
l
If the tire does not inflate, repair of
the tire may not be possible. If the
tire does not reach the correct
inflation pressure within a 10-minute
period, it probably has received more
extensive damage. When this
happens, the emergency flat tire
repair kit cannot be used to repair the
tire. Contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
l
If the tire has been over-inflated,
loosen the screw cap on the
compressor and bleed some of the air
out.
17. When the tire has been inflated to the
proper inflation pressure, turn the
compressor switch off and remove the
compressor hose from the tire valve.
18. Install the tire valve cap.
19. Put the emergency flat tire repair kit
in the trunk and continue driving.
CAUTION
l
Drive carefully to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and keep the vehicle
speed below 80 km/h (50 mph).
l
If the vehicle is driven 80 km/h (50
mph) or higher, the vehicle might
begin to vibrate.
7-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
20. After driving the vehicle for 10
minutes or 5 km (3 miles), check the
tire pressure with the tire pressure
gauge equipped with the compressor.
If the tire pressure has fallen below
the correct tire pressure, inflate the
tire to the correct pressure again
following the steps from number 15.
CAUTION
l
If the tire inflation pressure falls
below 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar,
18.9 psi), repair cannot be done with
the repair kit. Park the vehicle on a
level surface off the right-of-way and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
If the tire inflation pressure
continues to remain low after
repeating steps 14 to 21, park the
vehicle on a level surface off the
right-of-way and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
When checking the tire inflation
pressure with the tire pressure gauge on
the compressor unit, make sure the
compressor switch is turned off.
21. If the tire inflation pressure remains
stable, the tire repair is complete.
Drive the vehicle with care to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
tire replaced.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page269
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (269,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Changing a Tire
CAUTION
l
l
A tire that has been temporarily
repaired with the tire sealant cannot
be reused. Mazda recommends
replacing the tire with a new one.
The wheel can be reused after any
sealant adhering to it is wiped off
and carefully inspected. However,
replace the tire valve with a new one.
qInspecting the IMS Emergency
Flat Tire Repair Kit
Inspect the emergency tire repair kit at
regular intervals.
l
Check the tire sealant period of
effective use.
l
Check the operation of the tire
compressor.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire, and never get under a
vehicle that is supported only by a
jack:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure someone.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury.
CAUTION
NOTE
The tire sealant has a period of effective
use. Check the period of effective use
indicated on the bottle label and do not
use it if it has expired. Have the tire
sealant replaced at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer before the period of
effective use has expired.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation of
the tire pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise it may
not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
NOTE
l
Make sure the jack is well lubricated
before using it.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
l
Be sure to register the tire pressure
sensor ID signal code whenever tires
or wheels are changed (page 5-31).
7-13
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page270
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (270,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in Reverse (R) or 1, and
turn off the engine.
qRemoving a Tire
1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but
don't remove any until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, and tool (page 7-5).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the tire to be changed. When blocking
a wheel, place a tire block both in front
and behind the tire.
2. Place the jack under the jacking
position closest to the tire being
changed.
Jacking position
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or
wood blocks of sufficient size to hold
the tire in place.
7-14
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page271
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (271,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this
manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone.
4. Turn the jack handle clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
5. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise, then remove the
wheel.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
3. Insert the jack handle into the jack.
7-15
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page272
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (272,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qLocking Lug Nuts
To install the nut
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench. Register them with the
lock manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
this key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.
1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
Antitheft lug nut
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
qMounting the Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
Special key
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of
the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the tire.
7-16
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page273
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (273,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could
loosen while driving and cause the tire
to come off, resulting in an accident.
In addition, lug nuts and bolts could
be damaged if tightened more than
necessary.
4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
If you're unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
88―118
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(9―12, 65―87)
7-17
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page274
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same configuration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the stud,
which could cause the wheel to slip off
and cause an accident.
5. Check the inflation pressure. Refer to
the specification charts on page 10-6.
WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from
rattling, store them properly.
7-18
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (274,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page275
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (275,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
WARNING
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running
before attempting to work near the
cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and the
engine compartment temperature is
high. You could be hit by the fan and
seriously injured.
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot
out under pressure and cause serious
injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a
preset temperature, an electrical cooling
fan turns on. It will continue running
for about 10 minutes after the ignition
switch is turned to off.
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in park (P), a manual
transmission in neutral.
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Don't go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the engine
temperature will increase. Stop the
engine and call an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-19
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page276
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Cooling system cap
Coolant reservoir
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-24).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the cooling
system inspected. The engine could be
seriously damaged unless repairs are
made. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-20
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (276,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page277
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (277,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold it there―for up to 10
seconds. If the engine starts, release the
key and accelerator immediately
because the engine will suddenly rev
up.
3. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator―for
up to 10 seconds.
7-21
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page278
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (278,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to
explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets
in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for
15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that
could cause sparks:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a battery,
do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the
battery.
7-22
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page279
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (279,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
WARNING
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the
discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
7-23
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page280
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (280,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.
Discharged battery
Jumper cables
Booster battery
7-24
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page281
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (281,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
1. Remove the rubber hose from the
battery cover.
2. Remove the battery cover from its right
side.
5. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l
Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
l
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
l
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
l
Connect the other end to a solid,
stationary, exposed metallic point
(for example, the hood latch) away
from the discharged battery (4).
6. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
7. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
the illustration.
8. If the battery cover has been removed,
install it in the reverse order of
removal.
3. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
4. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
7-25
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page282
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (282,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Push-Starting
NOTE
l
Before installing the battery cover,
make sure both of the cables
connecting the negative battery
terminal (right side of battery) are
connected with the cables routed
toward the right and back of the
battery as shown in the figure.
Do not push-start your Mazda.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured.
CAUTION
Do not push-start a vehicle that has a
manual transmission. It can damage the
emission control system.
l
Verify that the covers are securely
installed.
NOTE
You can't start a vehicle with an
automatic transmission by pushing it.
7-26
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page283
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (283,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
CAUTION
Don't tow the vehicle pointed forward
with driving wheels on the ground. This
may cause internal damage to the
transmission.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
drive wheels (rear wheels) off the ground.
If excessive damage or other conditions
prevent this, use wheel dollies.
CAUTION
Wheel dollies
Don't tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.
7-27
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page284
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (284,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Tiedown Hooks
Rear
CAUTION
Don't use the tiedown hooks under the
front and rear for towing.
They are designed ONLY for tying
down the vehicle when it's being
transported. Using them for towing will
damage the bumper.
qTiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lug
wrench, and jack lever from the trunk
(page 7-5).
2. Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth to
prevent damage to the bumper and
open the cap located on the front and
rear bumper.
Front
CAUTION
The cap cannot be completely removed.
Do not use excessive force as it may
damage the cap or scratch the painted
bumper surface.
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Front
7-28
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Lug wrench
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page285
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (285,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Lug wrench
Rear
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying down the
vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown
eyelet is securely tightened to the
bumper.
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
Front
Rear
7-29
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page286
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transmission is not designed for
towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description” (page 7-27) and
“Tiedown Hooks” (page 7-28) and
carefully follow the instructions.
7-30
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (286,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page287
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
8
Black plate (287,1)
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2
Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2
Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (North America) ................................. 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8
Scheduled Maintenance (Except North America and
Mexico) ................................................................................... 8-15
Owner Maintenance ...................................................................
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................
Owner Maintenance Precautions .............................................
Engine Compartment Overview ..............................................
Engine Oil ...............................................................................
Engine Coolant .......................................................................
Brake/Clutch Fluid ..................................................................
Power Steering Fluid ...............................................................
Washer Fluid ...........................................................................
Body Lubrication ....................................................................
Wiper Blades ...........................................................................
Battery .....................................................................................
Tires ........................................................................................
Light Bulbs .............................................................................
Fuses .......................................................................................
8-18
8-18
8-19
8-21
8-22
8-24
8-26
8-27
8-27
8-28
8-29
8-31
8-34
8-39
8-47
Appearance Care ........................................................................
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage ....................
Exterior Care ...........................................................................
Interior Care ............................................................................
8-52
8-52
8-54
8-58
8-1
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page288
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (288,1)
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page289
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (289,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (North America)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
l
Repeated short-distance driving
l
Driving in dusty conditions
l
Driving with extended use of brakes
l
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
l
Driving on rough or muddy roads
l
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
8-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page290
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (290,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
ENGINE
Drive belts (tension)
I
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Engine valve clearance
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
FL22 type *1
Engine coolant
Others
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
Fuel lines and hoses
C
*2
C
R
C
I
Hoses and tubes for emission *2
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
8-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
I
I
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page291
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (291,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
Disc brakes
I
Tire (Rotation)
Flat tire repair kit (if installed) *3
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Inspect annually
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
Manual transmission oil
R
Rear differential oil
R
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
L
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page292
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (292,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Maintenance Interval
48
96
60
ENGINE
Drive belts (tension)
I
Engine valve clearance
Puerto Rico
Others
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
FL22 type *1
Engine coolant
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,
adjust
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
R R R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R R R
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Puerto Rico
C
R
Others
C
C
Fuel lines and hoses *2
Hoses and tubes for emission
C
R
R
C
I
I
*2
I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
USA
Others
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
8-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page293
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (293,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
48
96
60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes
I
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Flat tire repair kit (if installed) *3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect annually
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Manual transmission oil
R
R
Rear differential oil
R
R
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
L
I
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-7
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page294
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (294,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.
l
Repeated short-distance driving
l
Driving in dusty conditions
l
Driving with extended use of brakes
l
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
l
Driving on rough or muddy roads
l
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l
Driving in extremely hot conditions
l
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
8-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page295
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (295,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
ENGINE
Drive belts (tension)
I
Engine valve clearance
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
Cooling system
Engine coolant
I
I
FL22 type
*1
I
Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R
R
R
I
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
Others
R
R
R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
R
R
*2
R
R
I
*2
R
R
I
Fuel lines and hoses
I
Hoses and tubes for emission
I *2
I *2
I
R
R
R
Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
Replace every 60,000 km
8-9
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page296
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (296,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Flat tire repair kit (if installed)*3
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect annually
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
Manual transmission oil
I
I
R
Rear differential oil
R
R
R
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
T
L
I
T
L
I
T
L
I
T
L
I
T
L
I
T
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
I
L
I
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-10
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page297
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (297,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
36
60
ENGINE
Drive belts (tension)
I
Engine valve clearance
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R
Cooling system
Engine coolant
R
R
I
FL22 type
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
R
I
Air filter
I
I
C
I
I
R
I
I
C
I
R
Fuel lines and hoses
I *2
Hoses and tubes for emission
I *2
Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
I
I
I
C
I
R
R
Replace every 60,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page298
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (298,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
36
60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
I
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
Flat tire repair kit (if installed)*3
I
I
Inspect annually
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
Manual transmission oil
I
R
Rear differential oil
R
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
T
All locks and hinges
L
L
L
L
L
L
Washer fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page299
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (299,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
(Cont.)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
ENGINE
Drive belts (tension)
I
Engine valve clearance
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
Engine coolant
R
R
I
Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R
R
R
I
FL22 type
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
R
I
Air filter
I
I
C
I
R
I
R
I
I
C
I
I
R
I
I
C
I
R
Fuel lines and hoses
I *2
Hoses and tubes for emission
I *2
I
R
R
Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
I
Replace every 60,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8-13
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page300
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (300,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
I
R
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
Flat tire repair kit (if installed)*3
I
I
Inspect annually
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
Manual transmission oil
R
R
Rear differential oil
R
R
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
T
All locks and hinges
L
L
L
L
L
L
Washer fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-14
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page301
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (301,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (Except North America and Mexico)
NOTE
l
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
l
As the result of visual examination or functional measurement of a system's operation
(performance), correct, clean, or replace as required. (Inspect, and if necessary replace
the air filter)
Emission control and related systems
The ignition and fuel systems are highly important to the emission control system and to
efficient engine operation. Don't tamper with them.
All inspections and adjustments must be made by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-15
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page302
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (302,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
×1000 miles 6.25 12.5 18.75 25 31.25 37.5 43.75 50 56.25 62.5 68.75 75 81.25 87.5 93.75
Engine valve clearance
Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil*1
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter*1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drive belts*2
Maintenance
Interval
Cooling system
Engine coolant
I
I
I
I
I
FL22 type*3
Others
C
I
R
I
Spark plugs
I
C
C
R
C
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
Replace every 100,000 km (62,500 miles)
Evaporative system (if installed)
Battery electrolyte level and
specific gravity
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Manual transmission oil
I
I
I
I
R
Rear differential oil
R
I
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
I
Replace every 60,000 km (37,500 miles)
Fuel lines and hoses
Front and rear suspension, ball
joints and wheel bearing axial play
I
Replace every 2 years
C
Fuel filter
Steering operation and linkages
R
R
I
R
Air filter*4
Brake fluid*5
Parking brake
Power brake unit (Brake booster)
and hoses
Disc brakes
Power steering fluid, lines, hoses
and connections
96
160
100
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 80,000 km (50,000 miles)
T
Body condition
(for rust, corrosion and perforation)
Tire rotation
8-16
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
T
T
T
T
T
Inspect annually
Rotate every 10,000 km (6,250 miles)
T
T
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page303
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (303,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance
Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96
×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
×1000 miles 6.25 12.5 18.75 25 31.25 37.5 43.75 50 56.25 62.5 68.75 75 81.25 87.5 93.75 100
Tires
(with inflation pressure adjustment)
Flat tire repair kit (if installed)*6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect annually
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
T: Tighten
C: Clean
Remarks:
*1 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the engine oil and oil filter
more often than the recommended intervals.
a) Driving in dusty conditions.
b) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
c) Driving for long period in cold temperatures or driving regularly at short distance only
*2 Also inspect and adjust the power steering and air conditioner drive belts, if installed.
*3 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*4 If the vehicle is operated in very dusty or sandy areas, clean and if necessary, replace the air filter more often
than the recommended intervals.
*5 If the brakes are used extensively (for example, continuous hard driving or mountain driving) or if the vehicle
is operated in extremely humid climates, replace the brake fluid annually.
*6 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-17
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page304
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (304,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
l
Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-26)
l
Engine coolant level (page 8-24)
l
Engine oil level (page 8-23)
l
Washer fluid level (page 8-27)
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-34)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
l
Power steering fluid level (page 8-27)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l
Engine coolant (page 8-24)
l
Engine oil (page 8-22)
8-18
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page305
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (305,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a
qualified technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can
be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fan which may turn on unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to
work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could continue
running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment
temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
8-19
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page306
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (306,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on.
It will continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.
8-20
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page307
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (307,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
Engine oil filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Washer fluid reservoir
Battery
Brake fluid reservoir / Clutch
fluid reservoir (only for manual
transmission model)
Air filter
Fuse block
Power steering fluid cap
Cooling system cap
Engine coolant reservoir
8-21
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page308
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (308,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qRecommended Oil
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
20
10
0
40
20
60
30
40
80 100 120
U.S.A. and CANADA
5W-20
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
(ILSAC)
(ILSAC)
Mexico
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20
engine oil is not available in your market. Use
SAE 5W-30 engine oil.
8-22
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
50
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page309
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (309,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
20
10
0
40
20
60
30
40
CAUTION
50
80 100 120
Don't add engine oil over Full. This
may cause engine damage.
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
The distance between Low and Full on the
dipstick represents the following:
5W-20
Oil capacity
L (US qt, Imp qt)
0.75 (0.79, 0.66)
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
Full
OK
Low
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
It's OK between Low and Full.
But if it's near or below Low, add
enough oil to bring the level to Full.
8-23
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page310
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (310,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS
HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become very
hot. You could be burned. Carefully
inspect the engine coolant in the
coolant reservoir, but do not open it.
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running
before attempting to work near the
cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and the
engine compartment temperature is
high. You could be hit by the fan and
seriously injured.
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot
out under pressure and cause serious
injury.
8-24
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a
preset temperature, an electrical cooling
fan turns on. It will continue running
for about 10 minutes after the ignition
switch is turned to off.
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks
on the coolant reservoir when the engine
is cool.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page311
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (311,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
If it's at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
CAUTION
l
Radiator coolant will damage paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
l
Use only soft (demineralized) water
in the coolant mixture. Water that
contains minerals will cut down on
the coolant's effectiveness.
l
Don't add only water. Always add a
proper coolant mixture.
l
The engine has aluminum parts and
must be protected by an ethyleneglycol-based coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
l
DO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
l
DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could damage
the cooling system.
l
Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
NOTE
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near
the cooling system cap, use FL22 type
engine coolant. If engine coolant other
than FL22 type is used, the engine
coolant must be replaced earlier than
the specified replacement interval
indicated in the scheduled maintenance
(page 8-3).
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-25
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page312
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (312,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Brake/Clutch Fluid
qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid
qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Be careful not to spill brake fluid on
yourself or on the engine:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with water
and get medical attention. Brake fluid
spilled on a hot engine could cause a
fire.
If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,
have the brakes and clutch inspected:
Low brake/clutch fluid levels are
dangerous. Low levels could signal
brake lining wear or a brake system
leak. Your brakes could fail and cause
an accident.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
CAUTION
8-26
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
l
Brake and clutch fluid will damage
painted surfaces. If brake or clutch
fluid does get on a painted surface,
wash it off with water immediately.
l
Using nonspecified brake and clutch
fluids (page 10-4) will damage the
systems. Mixing different fluids will
also damage them.
If the brake/clutch system frequently
requires new fluid, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page313
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (313,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Power Steering Fluid
qInspecting Power Steering Fluid
Level
Washer Fluid
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the power steering
pump, don't operate the vehicle for long
periods when the power steering fluid
level is low.
NOTE
Use specified power steering fluid
(page 10-4).
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
each engine oil change with the engine off
and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does
not require periodic changing.
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the windshield,
affect your visibility, and could result
in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Antifreeze Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous as
it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer fluid
with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
The level must be kept between MIN and
MAX.
State or local regulations may restrict
the use of volatile organic compounds
(VOCs), which are commonly used as
anti-freeze agents in washer fluid. A
washer fluid with limited VOC content
should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all
regions and climates in which the
vehicle will be operated.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-27
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page314
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (314,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
8-28
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page315
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (315,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
l
Hot waxes applied by automatic car
washers have been known to affect
the wiper's ability to clean windows.
l
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, don't use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
Plastic locking clip
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield let
the wiper arm down easily, don't let it
slap down on the windshield.
2. Hold the end of the rubber and pull
until the tabs are free of the metal
support.
CAUTION
Metal support
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
Tab
8-29
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page316
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (316,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
l
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
l
If the metal stiffeners are switched,
the blade's wiping efficiency could
be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side, or
vice versa.
l
Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber so
that the curve is the same as it was in
the old blade rubber.
8-30
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
NOTE
Install the blade so that the tabs are
toward the bottom of the wiper arm.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page317
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (317,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting
to ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to
explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets
in eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal
tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when working
near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.
8-31
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page318
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (318,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
8-32
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page319
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (319,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qBattery Maintenance
NOTE
l
Remove the rubber hose first, and
then battery cover before performing
battery maintenance.
Rubber hose
Battery cover
To get the best service from a battery:
l
Before installing the battery cover,
make sure both of the cables
connecting the negative battery
terminal (right side of battery) are
connected with the cables routed
toward the right and back of the
battery as shown in the figure.
l
Keep it securely mounted.
l
Keep the top clean and dry.
l
Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
l
Rinse off spilled electrolyte
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
l
If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
8-33
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page320
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (320,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System í
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly when the
tires are cold. Maintain recommended
pressures for the best ride, handling, and
minimum tire wear.
When checking the tire pressures, use of a
digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
qTire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Always inflate the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overinflation or underinflation of tires
is dangerous. Adverse handling or
unexpected tire failure could result in
a serious accident.
Refer to specification charts on page
10-6.
8-34
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-6).
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page321
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (321,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
l
Always check tire pressure when
tires are cold.
l
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended pressures. Don't
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure.
l
Underinflation can cause reduced
fuel economy, uneven and
accelerated tire wear, and poor
sealing of the tire bead, which will
deform the wheel and cause
separation of tire from rim.
l
Overinflation can produce a harsh
ride, uneven and accelerated tire
wear, and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs
inflating, have it inspected.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires if
irregular wear develops. According to the
scheduled maintenance charts.Refer to
Scheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
NOTE
Because your vehicle is not equipped
with a spare tire, you cannot do a tire
rotation safely with the jack that comes
with your vehicle. Have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer perform tire rotation.
Forward
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
l
Incorrect tire pressure
l
Improper wheel alignment
l
Out-of-balance wheel
l
Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-6) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to rear,
not from side to side. Tire performance
will be weakened if rotated from side to
side.
8-35
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page322
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (322,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
Limited-Slip Differential system;
don't use the following:
l
Tires not of the designated size
l
Tires of different sizes or types at the
same time
l
Tires not sufficiently inflated
If these instructions aren't followed, the
rotation of the left and right wheels will
be different and will thus apply a
constant load on the limited-slip
differential.
This will cause a malfunction.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
l
When tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the sidewalls are
used, the system may not function
correctly even with a genuine wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on
page 5-30.
l
Be sure to install the tire pressure
sensors whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page
5-31.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
Always use tires that are in good
condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
8-36
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is
across the entire tread.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page323
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (323,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
CAUTION
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used on the road. It is
recommended that tires generally be
replaced when they are 6 years or older.
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent
high loading conditions can accelerate
the aging process. Regarding the
manufacturing week and year is
indicated with 4 digit.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.
l
A wrong-sized wheel may adversely
affect:
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
qReplacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size
on your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident.
l
l
Tire fit
Wheel and bearing life
Ground clearance
Snow-chain clearance
Speedometer calibration
Headlight aim
Bumper height
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limited-Slip Differential System
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
l
l
When replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation of the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure
sensors whenever tires or wheels are
replaced. Refer to Tires and Wheels on
page 5-31.
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.
8-37
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page324
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
8-38
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (324,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page325
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (325,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
High-mount brake light
License plate lights
Trunk light
Reverse lights
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights / Taillights
Side-marker lights
Overhead light
Head lights (High beam)
Parking light
Front fog lights
Headlights (Low beam)
Front turn signal lights
Side-marker lights
Some models.
8-39
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page326
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (326,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
Never touch the glass portion of a
halogen bulb with your bare hands
and always wear eye protection when
handling or working around the
bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries could
be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when lit.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb or
breaking it some other way.
8-40
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Replacing the headlight bulbs
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood and find the high and low
beam bulbs in the rear of the headlight
body.
The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,
and the inboard one is the HIGH beam.
High-beam bulbs
1. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector downward.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
3. Install the new socket and bulb
assembly in the reverse order of
removal.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page327
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (327,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally
touched, it should be cleaned with
rubbing alcohol before being used.
l
Use the protective cover and carton
of the replacement bulb to dispose of
the old bulb promptly out of the
reach of children.
Low-beam bulbs
(Xenon fusion bulbs)
You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by
yourself.
The bulbs must be replaced at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(Halogen bulbs)
2. Turn the screws counterclockwise and
remove them.
3. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainers counterclockwise and remove
them, then remove the mudguard.
Removal
NOTE
Replacing low-beam halogen bulbs is
difficult therefore contacting an
Authorized Mazda Dealer is
recommended.
1. If you are changing the right headlight
bulb, start the engine, turn the steering
wheel all the way to the left, and turn
off the engine. If you are changing the
left headlight bulb, turn the steering
wheel to the right.
Installation
4. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pulling it to the rear.
8-41
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page328
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (328,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Pull off the sealing cover.
6. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.
NOTE
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally
touched, it should be cleaned with
rubbing alcohol before being used.
l
Use the protective cover and carton
for the replacement bulb to dispose
of the old bulb promptly and out of
the reach of children.
l
When reinstalling the sealing cover,
make sure faces up.
Front fog light bulbs í
7. Swing the retaining spring out and
away to free the headlight bulb.
8. Carefully remove the socket and bulb
assembly by pulling it straight back.
9. Remove the headlight bulb from the
socket.
10. Install the new socket and bulb
assembly in the reverse order of
removal.
8-42
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
1. If you are changing the right Front fog
light bulb, start the engine, turn the
steering wheel all the way to the left,
and turn off the engine. If you are
changing the left Front fog light bulb,
turn the steering wheel to the right.
2. Turn the screws counterclockwise and
remove them.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page329
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (329,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainers counterclockwise and remove
them, then remove the mudguard.
NOTE
l
If the halogen bulb is accidentally
touched, it should be cleaned with
rubbing alcohol before being used.
l
Use the protective cover and carton
of the replacement bulb to dispose of
the old bulb promptly out of the
reach of children.
Removal
Installation
Front turn signal lights
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise, and carefully pull it
backward.
5. Disconnect the socket and bulb
assembly from the electrical connector
by pressing the tab on the connector
with your finger and pulling it.
1. If you are changing the right front turn
signal light bulb, start the engine, turn
the steering wheel all the way to the
left, and turn off the engine. If you are
changing the left front turn signal light
bulb, turn the steering wheel to the
right.
2. Turn the screws counterclockwise and
remove them.
6. Install the new socket and bulb
assembly in the reverse order of
removal.
8-43
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page330
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (330,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainers counterclockwise and remove
them, then remove the mudguard.
2. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Removal
Installation
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Front side-marker lights
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
1. Slide the unit as shown in the figure to
remove it.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Parking lights
1. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
8-44
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page331
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (331,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
2. On the side the bulb is to be replaced,
pull the center section of the plastic
retainers and remove them, then
remove the trunk side trim.
Removal
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Brake lights/Taillights, Rear turn signal
lights, Reverse lights
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainers and remove them, then
remove the trunk end trim.
Installation
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Removal
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
Installation
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
High-mount brake light
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
License plate lights
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-45
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page332
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (332,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Trunk light
Overhead light
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the trim and
gently insert it in the luggage
compartment light as shown in the
figure, and then remove the luggage
compartment light unit.
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the trim and
gently insert it in the overhead light as
shown in the figure, and then remove
the cover.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-46
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page333
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (333,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the inside of the
engine compartment fuse block cover.
Fuse puller
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Fuse block cover
qFuse Replacement
Replacing the fuses on the vehicle's left
side
4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's
blown.
If the electrical system doesn't work, first
inspect fuses on the vehicle's left side.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other
switches.
2. Remove the cover.
Normal
Blown
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
amperage rating, and make sure it fits
tightly. If it doesn't, have an expert
repairer install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.
8-47
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page334
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (334,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Normal
Blown
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all
other switches.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a
high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
fire.
8-48
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page335
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (335,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
FAN
FAN
DEFOG
H/CLEAN
5
ROOM
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
IG KEY2
HEATER
ABS
FOG
R.FOG
RHT L
RHT R
MAG
ST
TAIL
ABS
FUSE
PROTECTED COMPONENT
RATING
30 A
Cooling fan
7.5 A
Cooling fan
20 A
Rear window defroster
―
―
Overhead lights, Luggage compartment light, For protection of
15 A
various circuits
15 A
For protection of various circuits
40 A
Air conditioner í
30 A
ABS
15 A
Front fog lights í
―
―
30 A
Power retractable hardtop (LH) í
30 A
Power retractable hardtop (RH) í
7.5 A
Air conditioner í
20 A
Starter
20 A
Taillights, Parking lights, License plate lights, illuminations
40 A
ABS
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
8-49
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page336
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (336,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
8-50
BTN
MAIN
EGI INJ
EGI COMP1
EGI COMP2
HEAD LOW L
HEAD LOW R
HEAD
P.WIND
ENGINE
WIPER
DRL
HORN
STOP
ETV
FUEL PUMP
HAZARD
P.WIND2
IG KEY1
FUSE
RATING
30 A
120 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
20 A
15 A
20 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
10 A
20 A
40 A
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
PROTECTED COMPONENT
For protection of various circuits
For protection of all circuits
Injector
Engine control system
Engine control system
Headlight low beam (LH)
Headlight low beam (RH)
Headlight high beams
Power windows
Engine control system
Windshield wipers and washer
DRL í
Horn
Brake lights
Electric throttle valve
Fuel Pump
Turn signals, Hazard warning flashers
Power windows í
For protection of various circuits
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page337
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (337,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse block (Driver's side)
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
ACC
AUX PWR
METER
SEAT WARM
ILLUMI
A/C
ENGINE
―
M.DEF
AUDIO
D.LOCK
SILEN
―
―
―
―
FUSE
RATING
7.5 A
15 A
15 A
20 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
―
―
20 A
20 A
―
―
―
―
―
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Audio system, Power control mirror
Accessory Socket
Instrument cluster
Seat warmer í
Illumination
Air conditioner í
Engine control system, For protection of various circuits
―
―
Audio system í
Power door lock, Trunk opener
―
―
―
―
―
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
8-51
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page338
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (338,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
qDamage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-52
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page339
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (339,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qWater Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
qPaint Chipping
NOTE
l
The paint chipping zone varies with
the speed of the vehicle. For
example, when traveling at 90 km/h
(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is
50 m (164 ft).
l
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of
paint chipping.
l
Chipped paint can lead to rust
forming on your Mazda. Before this
happens, repair the damage by using
Mazda touch-up paint according to
the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area
could lead to serious rusting and
expensive repairs.
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-53
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page340
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (340,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
qMaintaining the Finish
Washing
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
l
The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
l
The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
l
The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
l
Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
l
Mazda is not responsible for
scratches caused by automatic car
washes or improper washing.
l
Scratches are more noticeable on
vehicles with darker paint finishes.
8-54
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
l
Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
l
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
l
Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
l
Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
l
Don't use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
CAUTION
l
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may damage
the protective coating; also, cleaners
and detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.
l
To prevent damaging the antenna,
remove it before entering a car wash
facility or passing beneath a low
overhead clearance.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page341
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (341,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soap
to dry on the finish.
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
similar materials will usually also take
off the wax. Rewax these areas even if
the rest of the vehicle doesn't need it.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced, make
sure the body shop applies anticorrosion materials to all parts, both
repaired and new. This will prevent
them from rusting.
qBright-Metal Maintenance
l
Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
l
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
l
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
8-55
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page342
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (342,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,
or strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on chromeplated or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
discoloration or paint deterioration.
qUnderbody Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
8-56
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
NOTE
l
Don't use a wire brush or any
abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, or solvent on aluminum
wheels. They may damage the
coating.
l
Only use a mild soap or neutral
detergent and always use a sponge or
soft cloth to clean the wheels.
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or
cold water. Also, be sure to clean the
wheels after driving on dusty or
salted roads. This helps prevent
corrosion.
l
Avoid washing your vehicle in an
automatic car wash that uses highspeed or hard brushes.
l
If your aluminum wheels lose luster,
wax the wheels.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page343
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (343,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qConvertible Top Maintenance í
The convertible top is made of a special
high-grade material, but if it's not taken
good care of, hardening, staining, and loss
of luster will result. Maintain it under
these guidelines.
Appearance(Polyvinyl only)
Dress the convertible top once a month
after washing and drying it well. For best
results, use a water-based leather
treatment or vinyl top dressing. This will
help maintain good appearance and
material condition of the convertible top.
Washing
Don't wait until the convertible top gets
really dirty before cleaning it. Dirt that's
there too long will cause deterioration.
CAUTION
l
Some leather treatment products can
ruin the convertible top's gloss. Be
careful of the one you choose.
l
Test on an inconspicuous, small
corner of the convertible top if you
are not sure.
l
Don't get any car wax on the
convertible top.
If you do, remove it with a good
leather cleaner.
l
Too much treatment on the
convertible top can be as damaging
as too little. Follow the
manufacturer's directions.
Don't overdo it!
l
Let the convertible top dry
completely before lowering after
applying treatment or dressing.
1. Before washing, remove dust and
coarse particulate with a soft brush.
2. Gently clean the convertible top with a
synthetic neutral detergent, lots of
water, and a soft brush.
3. Rinse it thoroughly with clean water to
remove all the soap.
4. Wipe it as dry as you can before the
water dries on it.
5. Then allow it to dry completely before
lowering it.
CAUTION
l
Automatic and high-pressure car
washes are harmful to a convertible
top. Avoid them.
l
Don't spray water directly on the
area where the window glass and the
convertible top meet. This would
probably cause water to enter the
cabin.
qHardtop Maintenance í
Washing
To help protect the hardtop's finish, use a
soft cloth or sponge to wash it.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if they are not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
8-57
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page344
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (344,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Interior Care
CAUTION
l
Don't use an automatic car wash.
qDashboard Precautions
l
Don't use strong soap, chemical
detergents, or hot water, and don't
wash the hardtop in direct sunlight or
when the surface is warm.
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.
If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.
Thoroughly rinse with lukewarm or cold
water. Don't allow soap to dry on the
finish.
Waxing
Wax the hardtop when water no longer
beads on the paint. Always wash and dry
it before waxing.
CAUTION
l
Wiping off dust or dirt with a dry
cloth will scratch the finish.
l
Don't use abrasive wax. This may
damage the protective coating and
discolor or deteriorate the paint.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
Leather í
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
similar materials will usually also take
off the wax. Rewax these areas.
8-58
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Real leather isn't uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
If the leather gets wet from rain, remove
the moisture as soon as possible and dry
in a shaded area.
If the seats get wet, promptly remove
moisture with a dry cloth and allow it to
further dry in a shaded area.
If moisture is not removed, it will cause
hardening and shrinkage of the leather.
Do not leave vinyl products on the seats
for long periods as they may affect the
leather quality and coloring.
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page345
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
Black plate (345,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
Piano black panel í
The following parts are fitted with panels
that have been treated with a special
coating that resists scratching.
Center panel
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.
NOTE
Scratches or nicks on the panels
resulting from the use of a hard brush or
cloth may not be repairable.
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
WARNING
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
replace damaged seat belts
immediately:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection.
qCleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
CAUTION
Don't scrape or scratch the inside of the
rear window. You may damage the rear
window defroster grid.
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
8-59
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page346
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
8-60
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (346,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page347
Monday, June 12 2006 12:58 AM
9
Black plate (347,1)
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Customer Assistance ...............................
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............
Customer Assistance (Canada) ...........
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ....
Customer Assistance (Mexico) ...........
9-2
9-2
9-4
9-7
9-8
Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-10
Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-10
Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-10
Warranty ................................................ 9-12
Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-12
Outside the United States and
Canada .............................................. 9-13
Outside the United States .................. 9-14
Outside Canada ................................. 9-15
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country (Except United States and
Canada) ............................................. 9-16
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-17
Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-23
Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-23
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard) ............................................ 9-29
Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-32
Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-35
Steps for Determining the Correct Load
Limit: ................................................ 9-42
Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-43
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-43
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-44
Service Publications .............................. 9-45
Service Publications .......................... 9-45
Cell Phones ............................................. 9-18
Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-18
Type Approval of Equipment ............... 9-19
Type Approval of Equipment
(Mexico) ............................................ 9-19
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-21
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-21
9-1
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page348
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (348,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following
ways.
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” at the bottom of the page at www.mazdaUSA.com
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
9-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page349
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (349,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
9-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page350
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (350,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-6).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page351
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (351,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page352
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (352,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
9-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
AREAS COVERED
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
ONTARIO
QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page353
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (353,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-7
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page354
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (354,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Mexico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
l
If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
l
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico
by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
Mexico, can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220
9-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page355
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (355,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-9
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page356
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (356,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
qU.S.A.
qCANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qMEXICO
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Circuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N
1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.
01210, Mexico, D.F.
TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:
01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
9-10
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page357
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (357,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
qAMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
9-11
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page358
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
l
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
l
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
l
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
l
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
l
l
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
l
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
l
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
l
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
l
Tire Warranty
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-12
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (358,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page359
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (359,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States and Canada
Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet
specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the
United States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside these areas.
You may have these problems if you do:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in
the United States, its territories, and Canada.
9-13
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page360
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (360,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to
travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-14
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page361
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (361,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to
travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-15
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page362
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (362,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific
emission and safety standards.
Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition
to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another
country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-16
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page363
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (363,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries
in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobile
telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-17
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page364
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (364,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your country:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident.
If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe area
before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free
system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or
other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead, concentrate on the
full-time job of driving.
9-18
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page365
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (365,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Type Approval of Equipment
Type Approval of Equipment (Mexico)
Immobilizer system
9-19
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page366
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Type Approval of Equipment
Keyless entry system
9-20
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (366,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page367
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (367,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-21
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page368
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (368,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-22
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page369
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (369,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the diagram below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Rim diameter code
7. Load index & speed symbol
8. Severe snow conditions
9. Tire ply composition and materials used
10. Max. load rating
9-23
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page370
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (370,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
12. Max. permissible inflation pressure
13. SAFETY WARNING
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either
ETRTO (European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association).
215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
9-24
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page371
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (371,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
Q
R
S
T
U
H
V
W
Y
Speed Rating
99 mph
106 mph
112 mph
118 mph
124 mph
130 mph
149 mph
168* mph
186* mph
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in
mud and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
the tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
9-25
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page372
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (372,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other
tires on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
l
EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTINGMATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT
TIRES.
l
TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGEFOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.
9-26
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page373
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (373,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qInformation on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the diagram below.
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index&speed symbol
T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
9-27
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page374
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (374,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
M
9-28
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Speed Rating
81 mph
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page375
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (375,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE
qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the
recommended cold tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the
vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire
warms up, increasing the tire pressure.
9-29
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page376
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (376,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
WARNING
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the
information in this owner's manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may
result in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking
at them.
qChecking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
9-30
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page377
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (377,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
NOTE
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires
to adjust the pressure.
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
qGlossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of
manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,
and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
9-31
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page378
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (378,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
qTire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.
Forward
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
l
Incorrect tire pressure
l
Improper wheel alignment
l
Out-of-balance wheel
l
Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
9-32
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page379
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (379,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or
studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be weakened if
rotated from side to side.
(With limited-slip differential)
Don't use the following:
l
Tires not of the designated size
l
Tires of different sizes or types at the same time
l
Tires not sufficiently inflated
If these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will be
different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.
This will cause a malfunction.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could
result in an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replace
the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.
9-33
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page380
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (380,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is
recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat
caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging
process. Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to
The tire labeling on page 9-23.
qSafety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
l
Observe posted speed limits
l
Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
l
Avoid potholes and objects on the road
l
Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire
or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until
you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire is underinflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare
tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire
dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
9-34
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page381
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (381,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Vehicle Loading
WARNING
Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow
a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep
your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety
Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's suspension
system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure, handling or steering
problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the distance
required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail completely,
particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the
size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.
9-35
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page382
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (382,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE
COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER
EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire
label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any
aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of
the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be
accurate.
9-36
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page383
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (383,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE
CARGO
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of
cargo weight.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.
9-37
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page384
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (384,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg, and a value of 385 kg for the
“combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg _ 68 kg = 317 kg
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg _ (68 × 2) kg = 249 kg
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
9-38
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page385
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (385,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE
WARNING
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, or loss of control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow
a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
9-39
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page386
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (386,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the
weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can
handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated
for operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe
control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must
never exceed the GCWR.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer
the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or
external), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%
(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a
trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a
proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by
0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.
9-40
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page387
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (387,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
WARNING
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or
damage to the vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR
limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
9-41
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page388
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (388,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:
(1) Locate the statement “The combination weight of occupants and cargo should never
exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combination weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in
your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combination weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX
lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combination weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
9-42
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page389
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (389,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. You
can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be
forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown
(page 9-10) in this booklet.
9-43
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page390
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (390,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
9-44
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page391
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (391,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-042B-07
9999-MX-042B-07
9999-95-026G-07
9999-MX-026G-07
9999-95-031C-07 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-031C-07 (Canada only)
9999-PR-031C-07 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only)
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2007 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2007 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)
2007 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2007 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)
2007 OWNER'S MANUAL
2007 OWNER'S MANUAL
2007 OWNER'S MANUAL
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
9-45
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page392
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
9-46
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (392,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page393
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
10
Black plate (393,1)
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2
Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2
Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4
Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4
10-1
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page394
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (394,1)
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Information Labels
qChassis Number
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the cowl panel located
on the left corner of the dashboard. This
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield.
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
10-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page395
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (395,1)
Identification Numbers
qTire Pressure Label
qEngine Number
Forward
10-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page396
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (396,1)
Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Item
Type
Bore×Stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
Specification
DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder
87.5 × 83.1 mm (3.44 × 3.27 in)
1,999 ml (1,999 cc, 122.0 cu in)
10.8
qElectrical System
Item
Battery
Spark-plug number
Spark-plug gap
Classification
12V-36AH/5HR
L3G2 18 110*1, L3Y1 18 110
1.25―1.35 mm (0.050―0.053 in)
*1 ex factory
CAUTION
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating on
the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant
Engine oil
5-speed
Manual transmission transmission
oil
Any temperature
Above 10°C (50°F)
6-speed transmission
Automatic transmission fluid
Power steering fluid
Brake/Clutch fluid
Rear differential oil
*1 Not available from Mazda
10-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers
on page 8-22.
API Service
GL-4 or GL-5
SAE
75W-90
API Service
GL-4 or GL-5
SAE
80W-90
API Service
GL-4 or GL-5
SAE
75W-90
JWS3309
ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
API Service
GL-5
90
SAE
80W-90
75W-90*1
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page397
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (397,1)
Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Engine oil
Item
With oil filter
replacement
Without oil filter
replacement
Capacity
4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)
3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)
Coolant
7.5 L (7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt)
2.0 L (2.1 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)
2.1 L (2.2 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)
7.4 L (7.8 US qt, 6.5 Imp qt)
0.7 L (0.7 US qt, 0.6 Imp qt)
48 L (12.7 US gal, 10.6 Imp gal)
5-speed transmission
Manual transmission oil
6-speed transmission
Automatic transmission fluid
Rear differential oil
Fuel tank
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Item
With license plate holder
Without license plate holder
Overall length
Overall width
Soft top
Hardtop
Overall height
Track, front
Track, rear
Wheelbase
Vehicle specification
3,995 mm (157.3 in)
3,990 mm (157.1 in)
1,720 mm (67.7 in)
1,245 mm (49.0 in)
1,255 mm (49.4 in)
1,490 mm (58.7 in)
1,495 mm (58.9 in)
2,330 mm (91.7 in)
qWeights
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Front
Rear
Weight
Without power retractable
With power retractable
hardtop
hardtop
1,396 kg (3,078 lbs)
1,416 kg (3,122 lbs)
714 kg (1,574 lbs)
714 kg (1,574 lbs)
682 kg (1,504 lbs)
702 kg (1,548 lbs)
qAir Conditioner
Gas complies with SAE J639
HFC134a (R-134a)
Maximum operating charge
0.45 kg (1.0 lb)
10-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page398
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (398,1)
Specifications
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb
High beam
Headlights
Low beam
Halogen
Xenon fusion
Front turn signal lights
Parking lights
Fog lights í
Side-marker lights
High-mount brake light*1
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights (Rear side-marker lights)
Reverse lights
License plate lights
Category
ECE R (SAE)
H9 (―)
H7 (―)
D2S (―)
WY21W (―)
W5W (―)
H11 (―)
― (―)
― (―)
WY21W (―)
W21/5W (#7443)
W16W (#921)
W5W (―)
Wattage
65
55
35
21
5
55
5
1
21
21/5
18.4
5
*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.
Interior light
Light bulb
Overhead light
Trunk light
Wattage
10
8
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type
originally fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire Inflation
Pressure on page 8-34.
Standard tire
Tire size
205/50R16 87V
205/45R17 84W
10-6
í
Some models.
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Inflation pressure
200 kPa (29 psi)
200 kPa (29 psi)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page399
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (399,1)
Specifications
qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-47.
10-7
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page400
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
10-8
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
Black plate (400,1)
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page401
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
11
Black plate (401,1)
Index
11-1
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page402
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (402,1)
Index
A
B
Accessory Socket .............................. 6-47
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-17
Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2
Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5
Advanced key suspend
function ...................................... 3-17
Auxiliary key .............................. 3-17
Locking, unlocking with request
switch ........................................... 3-8
Opening the trunk lid with request
switch ......................................... 3-10
Operation range ............................ 3-7
Remote control function ............. 3-14
Service ......................................... 3-6
When warning indicator/beep is
activated ..................................... 3-21
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-26
Antenna ............................................. 6-10
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7
Warning light ............................... 5-7
Appearance Care ............................... 8-52
Audio
Audio control switch .................. 6-40
Audio System ................................... 6-10
Audio set .................................... 6-21
Operating tips for audio
system ........................................ 6-10
Safety certification ..................... 6-42
Automatic Transmission
Driving tips ................................ 5-19
Manual shift mode ..................... 5-14
Shift-lock system ....................... 5-14
Transmission ranges ................... 5-13
Battery
Emergency starting .................... 7-21
Maintenance ............................... 8-31
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beep Sounds
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-51
Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-51
Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-51
Tire inflation pressure warning
beep ............................................ 5-51
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5
After getting in ............................. 4-5
Before getting in .......................... 4-5
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-28
Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-45
Brake/Clutch
Fluid ........................................... 8-26
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7
Foot brake .................................... 5-5
Pad wear indicator ........................ 5-8
Parking brake ............................... 5-5
Warning light ............................... 5-6
Break-In Period ................................... 4-6
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-39
11-2
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
C
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-18
Child Restraint
Child restraint precautions ......... 2-15
LATCH child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-23
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-5
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page403
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (403,1)
Index
C
E
Convertible Top
Power Retractable Hardtop ........ 3-54
Soft Top ...................................... 3-41
Cruise Control ................................... 5-20
Cup Holder ........................................ 6-44
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2
Engine
Coolant ....................................... 8-24
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4
Hood release .............................. 3-40
Oil .............................................. 8-22
Overheating ................................ 7-19
Starting ......................................... 5-4
Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-21
Engine Coolant
Overheating ................................ 7-19
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ................................................ 5-35
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-54
D
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-37
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-53
Defroster
Rear window .............................. 5-56
Detachable Hardtop .......................... 3-46
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Door Locks ....................................... 3-28
Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-10
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6
Automatic transmission .............. 5-19
Break-in period ............................ 4-6
Driving in flooded area .............. 4-10
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8
Winter driving .............................. 4-8
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-24
DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-25
DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-26
TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-25
E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-21
Flooded engine ........................... 7-21
Jump-starting .............................. 7-22
Push-starting .............................. 7-26
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-27
Emission Control System .................... 4-3
F
Flasher
Hazard warning .......................... 5-57
Headlights .................................. 5-52
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing .................................... 7-13
Instant Mobility System
(IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair
Kit ................................................ 7-6
Tool storage .................................. 7-5
Fluids
Classification .............................. 10-4
Owner maintenance ................... 8-18
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-54
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-38
Gauge ......................................... 5-36
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
11-3
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page404
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (404,1)
Index
F
I
Fuses ................................................. 8-47
Panel description ........................ 8-49
Replacement ............................... 8-47
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-33
Interior Care ...................................... 8-58
Interior Lights ................................... 6-43
G
J
Glove Box ......................................... 6-45
Jump-Starting .................................... 7-22
H
K
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-57
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-52
Flashing ...................................... 5-53
High-low beam .......................... 5-53
On reminder ............................... 5-52
Hood Release .................................... 3-40
Horn .................................................. 5-57
Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-23
Keys .................................................. 3-22
I
Ignition
Keys ........................................... 3-22
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Immobilizer System
(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-70
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-73
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-38
Cruise ......................................... 5-50
DSC OFF .................................... 5-49
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-49
Security ...................................... 5-48
Shift position .............................. 5-49
TCS/DSC ................................... 5-49
Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-50
Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-34
11-4
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
L
Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-54
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-39
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Lighting Control ............................... 5-52
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4
M
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance
precautions ................................. 8-19
Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-18
Scheduled ..................................... 8-3
Manual Transmission Operation ......... 5-9
Recommendations for shifting.... 5-10
Mesh Pocket ..................................... 6-46
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-78
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-79
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page405
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (405,1)
Index
O
S
Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-34
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-78
Overhead Lights ................................ 6-43
Overheating ....................................... 7-19
Overloading ...................................... 4-10
Seat Belt System
3-point type .................................. 2-8
Automatic locking ........................ 2-7
Belt minder ................................. 2-13
Caution label ................................ 2-9
Emergency locking ...................... 2-7
Extender ..................................... 2-12
Pregnant women .......................... 2-7
Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-10
Seat belt precautions .................... 2-5
Warning light/beep ..................... 2-13
Seats .................................................... 2-2
Security System
Immobilizer system
(with advanced key) ................... 3-70
Immobilizer system
(without advanced key) .............. 3-73
Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-76
Service Publications .......................... 9-45
Soft Top ............................................ 3-41
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speedometer ...................................... 5-34
SRS Air Bags
How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-37
Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-78
Horn ........................................... 5-57
Storage Compartments ...................... 6-45
Back trim storage box ................ 6-46
Glove box ................................... 6-45
Mesh pocket ............................... 6-46
Seat side box .............................. 6-46
Sunvisors .......................................... 6-43
P
Paint Damage .................................... 8-52
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-5
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Power Door Locks ............................ 3-29
Power Retractable Hardtop ............... 3-54
Power Steering .................................. 5-19
Fluid ........................................... 8-27
Power Windows ................................ 3-35
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-26
R
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-56
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-79
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-30
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-16
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-43
T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-35
Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-76
11-5
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition1 Page406
Monday, June 12 2006 12:59 AM
Black plate (406,1)
Index
T
V
Tiedown
Hook .......................................... 7-28
Tire Information ................................ 9-23
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-27
System error activation .............. 5-30
Tire pressure monitoring system
warning light .............................. 5-28
Tires and wheels ......................... 5-31
Tires
Flat Tire ........................................ 7-3
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-34
Replacement ............................... 8-36
Rotation ...................................... 8-35
Snow tires .................................... 4-9
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Tire chains .................................... 4-9
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-21
Tool ..................................................... 7-5
Tool Storage ........................................ 7-5
Towing
Description ................................. 7-27
Emergency towing ..................... 7-27
Hook .......................................... 7-28
Recreational towing ................... 7-30
Trailer towing ............................. 4-11
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-23
TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-24
Trailer Towing ................................... 4-11
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-34
Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-31
Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-34
Trunk Light ....................................... 6-43
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-54
Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2
V
Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-43
11-6
Form No.8V80-EA-06F
W
Warning Light
KEY Warning Light
(Red)/KEY Indicator Light
(Green) ....................................... 5-47
Warning Lights ................................. 5-38
ABS ............................................ 5-40
Air bag system ........................... 5-42
Automatic transmission .............. 5-44
Brake system .............................. 5-40
Charging system ......................... 5-41
Check engine .............................. 5-42
Door-ajar .................................... 5-44
Flat tire ....................................... 5-47
Low fuel ..................................... 5-43
Seat belt ...................................... 5-43
Seat belt pretensioner system ..... 5-42
Tire pressure monitoring
system ........................................ 5-45
Warranty ............................................ 9-12
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-27
Weights ............................................. 10-5
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-37
Windblocker ...................................... 6-48
Windows
Power windows .......................... 3-35
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-56
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-55
Blades replacement .................... 8-29
Winter Driving .................................... 4-8
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising